10-K 1 bl-10k_20171231.htm 10-K bl-10k_20171231.htm

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 001-37924

 

BlackLine, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

46-3354276

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

21300 Victory Boulevard, 12th Floor

Woodland Hills, CA 91367

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(818) 223-9008

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

 

 

 

(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes     No  

Indicate by a check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 


Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of a share of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2017 as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market on such date was approximately $585.6 million. Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each executive officer, director and holder of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This calculation does not reflect a determination that certain persons are affiliates of the registrant for any other purpose.

At March 1, 2018, 53,199,157 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the information called for by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated are hereby incorporated by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2018, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

2017 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page No.

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

39

Item 2.

Properties

39

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

39

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

39

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

40

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

42

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

45

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

66

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

68

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

101

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

101

Item 9B.

Other Information

101

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

102

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

102

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

102

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

102

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

102

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

103

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

106

 

Signatures

107

2


 

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements involve substantial risk and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “would,” “continue,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding future financial and operational performance; statements concerning growth strategies including extension of distribution channels and strategic relationships, product innovation, international expansion, customer growth and expansion, customer service initiatives, expectations regarding contract size and increased focus on strategic products, expectations for hiring new talent and expanding our sales organization; our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan expenses and investments; the demand for and benefits from the use of our current and future solutions; market acceptance of our solutions; and changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets in which we operate. These statements are based upon our historical performance and our current plans, estimates and expectations and are not a representation that such plans, estimates, or expectations will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith beliefs and assumptions as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainty.  If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize or if any assumptions prove incorrect, actual performance or results may differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainty, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Part II-Other Information, Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere herein. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Furthermore, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “BlackLine, Inc.,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to the consolidated operations of BlackLine, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a whole, references to “Silver Lake Sumeru” refers to either or both of Silver Lake Sumeru Fund, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors Sumeru, L.P., and references to “Iconiq” refer to any or all of Iconiq Strategic Partners, L.P., ICONIQ Strategic Partners-B, L.P. and Iconiq Strategic Partners Co-Invest, L.P., BL Series.  We refer to Silver Lake Sumeru, Iconiq, Therese Tucker, and Mario Spanicciati collectively as our Principal Stockholders.

 

Item 1.

Business

Overview

We have created a comprehensive cloud-based software platform designed to transform and modernize accounting and finance operations for organizations of all types and sizes.  Our secure, scalable platform supports critical accounting processes such as the financial close, account reconciliations, intercompany accounting, and controls assurance.  By introducing software to automate these processes and to enable them to function continuously, we empower our customers to improve the integrity of their financial reporting, increase efficiency in their accounting and finance processes and enhance real-time visibility into their results and operations.

Critical accounting and finance processes underlie the integrity of an organization’s financial reports.  The lack of effective accounting and finance tools can result in inefficient and cumbersome processes and, in some cases, accounting errors, restatements and write-offs, as well as material weaknesses and significant deficiencies.  Traditional enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems do not generally provide effective solutions for processes handled outside of an organization’s general ledger, such as balance sheet account reconciliation, intercompany transaction accounting and the broader financial close process.  Many organizations also use multiple ERPs and other financial systems without a platform to efficiently integrate them.  As a result, to manage these tasks, organizations rely on spreadsheets and other error-prone and labor-intensive processes that are unsuited for the increasing regulatory complexity and transaction volumes encountered by many modern businesses.  We believe that we are creating a new category of powerful cloud-based software that is capable of automating and streamlining accounting and finance operations, in a manner that complements and supports traditional ERP systems.  We believe our customers benefit from cost savings through improvements in process management and staff productivity, in addition to managing a faster financial close.

3


 

Our mission is to transform how accounting and finance departments operate.  Our approach modernizes what historically has been done through batch processing and manual controls typically applied only during the month, quarter or year-end financial close, and delivers dynamic workflows embedded within a real-time, highly automated framework, a process we refer to as “continuous accounting.”  It also enables up-to-date analytics, provides industry-benchmarked metrics and is designed to help customers run more efficiently while achieving greater accuracy, control and transparency.  We believe the need for our software has been driven by growing business and information technology complexities, transaction volumes and expanding regulatory requirements.  Our software integrates with, and obtains data from, more than 30 different ERP systems, including NetSuite, Oracle, SAP, and Workday, as well as many other financial systems and applications such as bank accounts, sub-ledgers and in-house databases.

We believe that we have a leading position in the enhanced financial controls and automation market because we were one of the first companies to bring software with this functionality to market and we have a limited number of competitors.  The 2017 Gartner Report, “Magic Quadrant for Cloud Financial Corporate Performance Management Solutions,” or the “Gartner Report,” identified us as a Leader in the Magic Quadrant for Cloud Financial Corporate Performance Management Solutions for our completeness of vision and ability to execute.

At December 31, 2017, we had approximately 2,200 customers with approximately 196,000 users in over 150 countries exclusive of our acquisition of Runbook Company B.V., a Netherlands-based provider of financial close automation software and integration solutions for SAP customers, (“Runbook”) on August 31, 2016 (the “Runbook Acquisition”). We continue to build strategic relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms, business process outsourcers and resellers.

We are a holding company and conduct our operations through our wholly-owned subsidiary, BlackLine Systems, Inc. (“BlackLine Systems”). BlackLine Systems funded its business with investments from our founder and cash flows from operations until September 3, 2013, we acquired BlackLine Systems, and Silver Lake Sumeru and Iconiq acquired a controlling interest in us, which we refer to as the “2013 Acquisition” The 2013 Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under GAAP, and resulted in a change in accounting basis as of the date of the 2013 Acquisition.

Our platform consists of eight core cloud-based products, including Transaction Matching, Account Reconciliations, Consolidation Integrity Manager, Daily Reconciliations, Journal Entry, Variance Analysis, Task Management, and Insights. Customers typically purchase these products in packages that we refer to as solutions, but they have the option to purchase these products individually. Current solutions include Balance Sheet Integrity, Close Process Management, Accounting Process Automation, Finance Transformation, Intercompany Hub, and Smart Close.

We sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales force, which leverages our relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms and business process outsourcers. In particular, we have a strategic relationship with SAP.  Our solutions are SAP endorsed business solutions that integrate with SAP’s ERP solutions.

We target our sales and marketing efforts at both enterprise and mid-market businesses. We define the enterprise market as companies with greater than $500 million in annual revenue, and we define mid-market as companies with between $50 and $500 million in annual revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, sales to enterprise and mid-market customers represented 84% and 16% of our revenues, respectively. Additionally, we target our efforts at both new customers and existing customers. Existing customers may renew their subscriptions and broaden the deployment of our platform across their organizations by increasing the number of users accessing our platform or by adding additional products.

We will adopt the Accounting Standards Codification No. 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), in the first quarter of 2018 using the retrospective method, which will result in the retrospective adjustment of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The adoption of this new standard will impact how we account for certain of our revenue arrangements and for sales commissions. See “Significant Accounting Policies - Recent accounting pronouncements” in Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

4


 

Industry Background

Accounting is a Universal Mission-Critical Function

Organizations need reliable financial information to plan and execute business initiatives, measure operational progress and satisfy regulatory and financial obligations.  For each period-end, enterprise accounting functions typically record, process, reconcile, consolidate, and report financial transactions that are consolidated into useable financial information.  These activities typically support other core business functions such as payroll, treasury, procure-to-pay, and order-to-cash processes.  Traditionally, many accounting processes, such as balance sheet account reconciliation, intercompany transaction accounting and the broader financial close calendar, are managed and tracked with spreadsheets that are manually reconciled on a periodic basis, and which are often labor-intensive, inefficient and error-prone.  The risks of employing traditional methods include lapses in regulatory compliance, damage to brand and public image, and negative impacts on financial health and transparency.

Modern Business is Increasingly Complex

Organizations of all sizes are operating in an increasingly global, complex and fast-moving business environment that presents significant challenges to the performance of the accounting and finance functions.  Accountants must process and verify transactions that occur both within and across international borders, involve multiple currencies and require compliance with varying legal, regulatory and tax frameworks.  This transactional complexity is exacerbated by other factors typical of global business, such as distance, language barriers and differing time zones.  In addition, modern enterprises generate massive amounts of transaction data.  It is common for organizations to have thousands of different accounts—potentially comprising billions of records—and to use numerous different financial and operational systems to store that data.  Furthermore, companies employ increasingly sophisticated corporate structures that often require accountants to reconcile accounts across various business units and geographies.  We believe that the complexity of modern corporate structures and transactions, combined with mounting transaction volumes and a fragmented information technology landscape, creates a significant need for increased automation, efficiency and visibility in accounting and finance.

The Risk of Regulatory Non-Compliance is Significant

Public accounting follows a variety of rules and standards for the processing, recognition and reporting of transactions. These standards, such as generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, are highly specific, apply differently across industries and geographies and, in some cases, provide conflicting guidance. More specific frameworks such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 govern internal controls, disclosure management and audit conduct. Some highly-regulated industries, including financial services, gaming and insurance, have additional specific regulatory requirements. In addition, accounting standards periodically change, such as the revenue recognition accounting standard issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB in 2014, which must be adopted by public companies in the first quarter of 2018 and has required an overhaul of many public accounting systems and practices. The resulting tangle of stringent, changing and sometimes conflicting regulations typically requires that organizations maintain more than one set of records, invest heavily in implementing and monitoring internal controls, and undergo expensive and time-consuming audits.

Incorrect financial information can have severe repercussions. A single restatement can cost millions of dollars in forensic accounting and audit fees, lead to significant remediation expenses, generate investor lawsuits, and seriously damage an enterprise’s reputation. A material weakness can also trigger noncompliance with debt covenants and damage an organization’s credit-worthiness. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, has also proposed new rules that will require companies to “claw back” incentive-based executive compensation as a result of an accounting restatement. According to the Center for Audit Quality, from 2003 to 2012, 10,479 accounting restatements were reported by SEC reporting companies, including 4,246 restatements requiring reissuance of the affected financial statements, and there was a demonstrated negative near-term effect on the public market price of securities of many companies making such restatements.

5


 

Companies Lack Real-Time, Actionable Data from Their Accounting Departments

As complexity, transaction volume and regulatory scrutiny increase, management teams often find themselves without clear and immediate insight into their accounting and finance processes and results. In most cases, the accounting department’s work is done within desktop applications or with the use of spreadsheets, leaving management with an incomplete view of their progress in closing, consolidating and reporting each period. By the time data is manually compiled, it is often days or weeks out-of-date, limiting the ability to effectively track and analyze fluctuations and trends, detailed metrics on individual and team performance, and transaction risk profiles in a timely manner.

Such lack of visibility limits the ability of accounting managers to influence ongoing accounting operations. Instead, they are often relegated to conducting quality control measures after a process is completed. Important decisions may be made by less experienced employees and costly errors, such as unreconciled balances or unapproved fund transfers, may go undetected. In addition, the discipline of accounting frequently lacks established metrics by which to gauge performance.

Accounting Professionals Face Compressed Deadlines and a Heightened Expectation of Accuracy

Many organizations, and public companies in particular, have adopted a practice of reporting financial information by a fixed date following their quarter close. Given limited resources, an accelerated timetable can put immense pressure on a company’s accounting function. Accounting professionals are expected not only to address business and regulatory challenges but also to achieve completeness and accuracy of operating results to ensure financial integrity. Given these challenges and deadlines, accountants are often forced to leave certain accounts and transactions unreconciled, which can dramatically increase risk and create situations of concern for controllers, chief financial officers and audit committee members.

Traditional Accounting Processes and Tools are Inefficient

The processes and software solutions traditionally employed by accountants, such as general ledgers and ERP systems, do not provide effective solutions for critical, non-general ledger accounting and finance processes such as balance sheet account reconciliation, intercompany transaction accounting and the overall management of the entire financial close process. Most core accounting and finance systems are designed as batch transaction repositories without the ability to consume and process continuous streams of data. In addition, most organizations use multiple ERPs and many other financial systems across their IT environments. Traditionally available accounting tools are inflexible, expensive to configure and maintain, and do not scale easily. As a result, we are addressing a clear need for new scalable accounting and finance tools that can consume data from a variety of sources, process it quickly with embedded business logic, provide a collaborative workspace for accountants, and then store information within a data warehouse or ERP system. Furthermore, accounting processes themselves have not evolved over time and instead remain focused on producing financial information only after period-end, ignoring the growing demand for a more streamlined, continuous approach to accounting.

The BlackLine Solution

We provide a powerful cloud-based software platform designed to automate and streamline accounting and finance operations. The key elements of our solutions include:

Comprehensive Platform

We offer an integrated suite of applications that delivers a broad range of capabilities that would otherwise require the purchase and use of multiple products to support critical accounting processes such as the financial close, account reconciliations, intercompany accounting, and controls assurance. Our platform consists of eight core cloud-based products, including Transaction Matching, Account Reconciliations, Consolidation Integrity Manager, Daily Reconciliations, Journal Entry, Variance Analysis, Task Management and Insights. Customers typically purchase these products in packages that we refer to as solutions, but they have the option to purchase these products individually. Current solutions include Balance Sheet Integrity, Close Process Management, Accounting Process Automation, Finance Transformation, Intercompany Hub, and Smart Close.

The technology underpinning our platform includes a comprehensive base of accounting-specific business logic and rules engines, which enable our customers to implement continuous accounting.

6


 

Enterprise Integration

Our platform provides simple, secure and automated tools and integrations to transfer data to and from a range of enterprise-wide processes and systems, including ERPs, financial systems and in-house databases, and other custom applications and data. Our platform integrates with over 30 ERP systems, including NetSuite, Oracle, SAP, and Workday. In addition, for companies with multiple systems and complex needs, we can connect with any number of general ledger systems simultaneously, resolving many of the issues associated with consolidating data across systems.

Independence

Our platform is not dependent on any single operating system and works with most major ERP systems our customers may use. Our cross-system functionality allows us to reach a broader group of customers. We are also able to focus on and innovate for the needs of the customers irrespective of updates or changes in their existing systems. We believe this independence provides us with a competitive advantage in the industry over traditional methods.

Ease of Use

Our platform is designed by accountants, for accountants, to be intuitive and easy to use. We strive to enable any user to rapidly implement our platform to manage their accounting and finance activities, from the simplest to the most sophisticated tasks. Our user-friendly interface provides clear visualization of accounting and finance data, enables user collaboration and streamlines business processes.

Innovation

Our ability to develop innovative products has been a key driver of our success and organic growth. Through a history and culture of thought leadership, we have created a new category of powerful software that automates and streamlines antiquated, manual accounting processes to better meet our clients’ diverse and rapidly changing needs, and we continue to focus on providing advanced solutions to time and labor intensive accounting practices. Examples of recent innovations include the launches of our Intercompany Hub solution, which is designed to manage all intercompany transactions through one centralized, cloud-based system, and the launch of our Insights solution, which provides real-time performance measures and a benchmarking dashboard.

Security

The robust security features embedded in our platform are designed to meet or exceed both industry standards and the stringent security requirements of our customers. We engage independent security auditors to assess the effectiveness of our comprehensive information security program consisting of risk-driven policies and procedures.

Key Benefits

Our platform is designed to provide the following benefits to our customers:

Flexibility and scalability

Our unified cloud platform is designed for modern business environments and has broad applicability across large and small organizations in almost any industry. The platform supports complex corporate structures, provides integration across all core financial systems, manages multiple currencies and languages, and scales to support high transaction volumes.

Embedded controls and workflow

Our platform was designed for the complex global regulatory environment. Our platform embeds key controls within standardized, repeatable and well-documented workflows, which are designed to result in substantially reduced risk of non-compliance or negative audit findings, greater tolerance for regulatory complexity and increased confidence in financial reports.

7


 

Real-time visibility

We provide users with real-time visibility into the status, progress and quality of their accounting processes. With configurable dashboards, user-defined reporting and the ability to drill down to individual reconciliations, journals and tasks, users can track open items, identify bottlenecks within a process or intervene to prevent mistakes.

Automation and efficiency

Our platform can ingest data from a variety of sources, including ERP systems and other data repositories, and apply powerful, rules-driven automation to reconciliations, journals and transactions. This streamlines accounting processes, minimizes manual data entry and improves individual productivity to help ensure that accounting processes are completed on time. As a result, this automation allows users to focus on value-added activities instead of process management.

Continuous processing

Our platform helps organizations embed quality control, compliance and financial integrity into their day-to-day processes rather than rely on the traditional process of validating financial information at the end of each period. Activities such as account reconciliation and variance analysis can be performed in real-time, thus reducing the risk of errors and creating a more agile accounting environment.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to continue investing in a number of growth initiatives to provide our customers with advanced solutions and to address and expand our market opportunity. Our principal growth strategies include the following:

Continue to Innovate and Expand Our Platform

Our ability to develop new, market-leading applications and functionalities is integral to our success. We intend to continue extending the functionality and range of our applications to bring new and improved solutions to accounting and finance. Examples of recent innovations include the launch of our Intercompany Hub solution, which is designed to manage all intercompany transactions through one centralized, cloud-based system and the launch of our Insights solution, which provides real-time performance measures and a benchmarking dashboard.

Enhance Our Leadership Position in the Enterprise Market and Mid-Market Customer Base

We believe we have a leading position in the enhanced financial controls and automation market with both enterprise market and mid-market customers, and we were recognized as a Leader by the Gartner Report in the 2017 Magic Quadrant for Cloud Financial Corporate Performance Management Solutions for our completeness of vision and ability to execute. We had more than 2,200 customers across a variety of industries and geographies at December 31, 2017 exclusive of on-premise software. Our customers include some of the largest multi-national enterprises, as well as leading medium and small businesses around the world. We intend to leverage our brand, history of innovation and customer focus to maintain and grow our leadership position with enterprise market customers. We believe that mid-market businesses are particularly underserved and that our platform can help these businesses modernize their accounting and finance processes efficiently and effectively. We have made recent investments to grow our mid-market sales team and plan to continue leveraging our network of resellers to grow our mid-market business globally.

Increase Customer Spend through Expanded Usage and Adoption of Additional Products

We believe there is a significant opportunity to increase sales of our products within our existing customer base. We pursue a land-and-expand sales model to increase the use of our platform by selling additional solutions and features and increasing the number of users within our customers’ organizations. Our pricing model is designed to allow us to capture additional revenue as our customers’ usage of our platform grows, providing us with an opportunity to increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships.

8


 

Expand Our International Operations and Customer Footprint

We believe that we have a significant opportunity to expand the use of our cloud-based products outside the United States.  We derived approximately 20%, 16%, and 14% of our revenues from sales outside the United States in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and we believe there are substantial opportunities to increase sales to customers outside of the U.S. In August 2016, we acquired Runbook primarily to enhance our position as a leading provider of software solutions to automate the financial close process for SAP customers and secondarily it supports our European expansion strategy.  We currently have users in over 150 countries, and our platform supports applicable international accounting standards, as well as 16 languages and all currencies specified by the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO currencies.  We have an established presence in Australia, Canada, England, France, Germany, Malaysia, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Singapore, South Africa, and the United Kingdom, and we intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in these and other regions.

Extend Our Customer Relationships and Distribution Channels

We have established strong strategic alliances with key industry participants to supplement marketing and delivery of our applications. These strategic alliances include agreements with technology vendors such as SAP and NetSuite, professional services firms such as Deloitte, Ernst & Young, and KPMG, and business process outsourcers, or BPOs, such as Cognizant, Genpact, and IBM.

These relationships enable us to effectively market our solutions by offering a complementary suite of services to our customers. In particular, we offer our customers an integrated SAP-endorsed business solution through our relationship with SAP. We intend to continue to strengthen and expand our existing relationships, seek new relationships and further expand our distribution channels to help us expand into new markets and increase our presence in existing markets.

Customers

Our customers include multinational corporations, large domestic enterprises and mid-market companies across a broad array of industries. These businesses include publicly-listed entities and privately-owned enterprises, as well as non-profit entities. At December 31, 2017, we had over 196,000 individual users in over 150 countries across more than 2,200 customers exclusive of on-premise software. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription agreement as of the measurement date. In situations where an organization has multiple subsidiaries or divisions, each entity that is invoiced as a separate entity is treated as a separate customer. However, where an existing customer requests its invoice be divided for the sole purpose of restructuring its internal billing arrangement without any incremental increase in revenue, such customer continues to be treated as a single customer. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, sales to enterprise customers represented 84%, 85%, and 86% of our revenues, respectively, while sales to mid-market customers represented 16%, 15%, and 14% of our revenues, respectively.

Our customers operate in complex, diverse and often global information technology ecosystems with numerous general ledgers, sub-ledgers, treasury systems, and ERP systems from different vendors, including NetSuite, Oracle, SAP and Workday. Our platform is designed for and used by employees across the organization, including end users such as internal accounting employees, controllers and chief accounting officers, as well as chief financial officers and other senior executives and external auditors.

We have seen our customers benefit from improvements in the complete automation process and staff productivity, in addition to a faster and more accurate financial close. Cost savings are achieved from the reconciliations of accounts, across approval and review roles, in process administration, and in audit, storage and paper expenses.

Products and Services

Our platform consists of eight core cloud-based products, including Transaction Matching, Account Reconciliations, Consolidation Integrity Manager, Daily Reconciliations, Journal Entry, Variance Analysis, Task Management and Insights. Customers typically purchase these products in packages that we refer to as solutions, but they have the option to purchase these products individually. Current solutions include Balance Sheet Integrity, Close Process Management, Accounting Process Automation, Finance Transformation, Intercompany Hub, and Smart Close.

9


 

Reconciliation Management

The process of verifying and validating transactions, balances and consolidated financial results is referred to as account reconciliation. Our Reconciliation Management solution provides a framework for the reconciliation process, allowing users to build integrity checks and automation into the entire end-to-end work flow. The solution includes:

 

Account Reconciliations provides a centralized workspace from which users can collaborate to complete account reconciliations. Features include standardized templates, workflows for review and approval, linkage to policies and procedures, and integrated storage of supporting documentation. The product automates otherwise manual activities in the reconciliation process, significantly reducing time and effort and increasing productivity. It also enhances internal controls by facilitating the appropriate segregation of duties, simplifying reconciliation audits and adding transparency and visibility to the reconciliation process.

 

Transaction Matching analyzes and reconciles high volumes of individual transactions from different sources of data based upon user-configured logic. Our rules engine automatically identifies exceptions, errors, missing data, and variances within massive data sets. The matching engine processes millions of records per minute, can be used with any type of data and allows customers to reconcile transactions in real-time.

 

Consolidation Integrity Manager manages the automated system-to-system tie-out process that occurs during the consolidation phase of the financial close. Companies with multiple ERPs utilize a consolidation system to produce their consolidated financial results. Because these systems contain and produce information that changes continually and requires constant adjustments, a final tie-out that is typically handled manually in a spreadsheet is necessary prior to publishing results. This product automates the tie-out process, aggregating balances from dozens or hundreds of different systems and allowing users to identify exceptions and create adjustments quickly.

 

Daily Reconciliations narrows the scope of a reconciliation to a single day’s transactions or balance detail. Users can then perform their analysis in minutes per day, rather than attempting to review an entire month’s worth of activity in a limited time during the period-end close. Some industries, such as banking, require that organizations track the creation and certification of daily reconciliations. Daily reconciliations are a prime example of continuous accounting in action.

Financial Close Management

The collection of processes by which organizations reconcile, consolidate and report on their financial information at the end of each period is referred to as the financial close. Our Financial Close Management solution allows customers to manage the key steps within the close, applying automation where possible, and ensure that tasks are properly completed and reviewed. This solution includes the components of the Reconciliation Management solution, as well as the following products:

 

Task Management enables users to create and manage processes and task lists. The product provides automatic and recurring task scheduling, includes configurable workflow and provides a management console for accounting and finance projects. Though most commonly used with the financial close, users can create task lists and projects for hundreds of different use cases ranging from external audits to environmental impact surveys.

 

Journal Entry allows users to manually or automatically generate, review and post manual journal entries. Journals can be automatically allocated across multiple business units and calculated based on complex, client-defined logic. More importantly, the addition of validation and approval checkpoints helps ensure the integrity of information passed to other financial applications. Customers can use the Journal Entry product to pass information to hundreds of different ERPs and subsystems in a configurable, easily consumable format.

 

Variance Analysis provides “always-on” monitoring and automatically identifies anomalous fluctuations in balance sheet and income statement account balances. Once an account in flux is identified, users are automatically alerted so they can research and determine the source of the fluctuation.

10


 

Intercompany Hub

Intercompany transactions occur when entities within a corporate parent organization transact with each other. These transactions are some of the most complex and frequent sources of uncertainty for the accounting function. Our Intercompany Hub solution, which was made generally available in November 2015, manages the entire intercompany transaction lifecycle within our platform and we believe it is the only widely available end-to-end intercompany solution. This solution includes the following features:

 

Intercompany Workflow replaces informal, ad-hoc intercompany requests and approvals with a simple, structured workflow approval process. The application stores permissions by entity and transaction type, ensuring that both the initiator and the approver of the intercompany transaction are authorized to conduct business.

 

Intercompany Processing records an organization’s intercompany transactions once they reach an appropriate completion level and posts them to the appropriate systems from a single source. The product automatically incorporates local taxes, exchange rates, invoicing requirements, and customer-specific transfer pricing so that the resulting journal entries will net, which reduces the possibility of intercompany differences and eliminates the need to perform a manual reconciliation.

 

Netting and Settlement automatically generate a real-time, aggregated settlement matrix, which shows the balance of transactions across an entire organization. Users can filter the information by transaction type, currency or business relationship, easing the process of netting transactions and helping them make informed, strategic decisions.

Insights

Our platform provides us with detailed information about the accounting and finance function for most of our cloud-based customers. Insights, which was made generally available in November 2015, aggregates and analyzes that information and can help clients assess productivity, risk and timeliness. We also provide a series of key performance indicators and allow clients to compare metrics across their own operating entities, set goals and gauge their performance over time. Insights provides benchmarking, scores for a variety of industries, company sizes, and geographies. These benchmarks are drawn from actual client usage of the application, rather than survey data, which provides valuable context for users.

Services

Customer service is essential to our success. We offer the following services for our customers:

 

Implementation. With a focus on configuration over customization, our implementation approach favors rapid and efficient deployments led by accounting experts, rather than technical resources. A typical project will focus on mapping our application to a customer’s current or ideal process, coaching them on best practices, and helping organizations become self-sufficient, instead of dependent on additional professional services. For clients that elect to work with a business process outsourcer or other company for implementation services, our implementation team provides ongoing support in order to ensure that the implementation or finance transformation projects are completed successfully. We generally provide this service for a fixed fee.

 

Support. We provide live customer support 24/7/365 from our offices in Los Angeles, Sydney and London. All customers have access to support resources by phone, email or through our portal, free of charge.

 

Customer Success. Our customer success managers, many of whom are former users, provide customers with best practices and help create a roadmap for expanded usage of our platform. We believe that this service, which is made available to all customers, is central to our retention and upsell efforts.

 

Training. We offer a variety of live and web-based training options, but most customers elect to consume their training through our e-learning environment, BlackLine U. Courses cover platform functionality, as well as the underlying concepts that make reconciliation, the financial close and other accounting and finance activities necessary.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our solutions through our direct sales force. Our enterprise field sales team focuses on selling our solutions to large, global enterprises with annual revenues above $500 million and focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of our customer relationships through retention and upsell efforts. Our mid-market sales team focuses on selling our solutions to

11


 

mid-market businesses with annual revenues between $50 million and $500 million. We also have an account management team dedicated to our existing mid-market and international customer base that generates sales by focusing on contract renewals, expanding the current number of users within an organization and up-selling additional products

Our direct sales force leverages our relationships with technology vendors such as SAP and NetSuite, professional services firms such as Deloitte, Ernst & Young, and KPMG and business process outsourcers such as Cognizant, Genpact and IBM, to influence and drive customer growth. In particular, we offer our customers an integrated SAP-endorsed business solution in connection with our relationship with SAP. We also utilize a reseller channel that includes software vendors throughout the world and offer training in our solutions so that our reach is further extended.

Our marketing efforts are focused on creating sales leads, establishing and extending our brand proposition, generating product awareness, and cultivating our community of users. We generate sales leads primarily through word-of-mouth, search engine marketing, outbound lead generation, and our network of business process outsourcers, business services organizations and resellers. We leverage online and offline marketing channels on a global basis and organize customer roundtables and user conferences and release white papers, case studies, blogs, and digital programs and seminars. We have further extended our brand awareness through sponsorships with leading industry organizations such as the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, the Institute of Management Accountants, or IMA, the Financial Executives International, or FEI, the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, or ICAEW, and the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, or ACCA.

Technology, Operations and Development

Technology

Our platform has been designed to deliver a consistent, scalable, high-performing, and secure experience for our customers. Our platform is enabled by rules engines, flexible templates, role-based workflows, and accounting-specific business logic. We deliver our hosted solution on a single code base and via a multi-tenant architecture with unique database instances for each customer. All SaaS customers run the current version of our platform and access it through a web browser. We utilize industry-leading hardware and software components to deliver on the following objectives:

 

Scalability and Performance.    Our platform supports a high, sustained level of client activity and a large, globally distributed client base while remaining high-performing and reliable. Our infrastructure incorporates load balancing technology and can scale quickly to absorb spikes in usage. We also monitor application performance and intervene, as necessary, to prevent degradation. Finally, our platform incorporates technologies to manage volume within the solutions. These include a near real-time data warehouse, a high-volume transaction processing engine and a custom-built user interface.

 

Reliability.     During 2017, we had one unscheduled downtime of 1 hour and 41 minutes on April 19, 2017 and 99.98% total availability, including scheduled maintenance. Client data is mirrored between primary and alternate data centers, providing effective redundancy and disaster recovery.

 

Flexibility.     Our application architecture is modular, which allows us to quickly release new products or expand existing feature-sets by combining and configuring existing components. Our development has always been both rapid and responsive, which allows us to support a wide array of clients and bring new products to market while maintaining a consistent user interface and single, cohesive code base.

Security

Due to the sensitive nature of the data we store for our clients, we place a heavy emphasis on security. Our infrastructure and software products are designed to meet and exceed rigorous security standards and to assure customers that we are taking appropriate measure to protect their data.

We maintain a comprehensive information security management system that extends companywide and integrates into our core technology and business processes. This system includes deployment of a variety of detective, preventive and deterrent controls that include technical and administrative safeguards. The controls are regularly tested, both internally and by third-party audits and penetration tests. We are certified for compliance with the ISO 27001 framework, and we regularly undergo SSAE18, ISAE 3402 and SOC audits. We believe that we are in compliance with regulatory requirements and that we employ security best practices. A dedicated team of security professionals orchestrate our information security program. Our information security controls and practices include strong encryption for data at rest and in transit and extensive monitoring with comprehensive security incident detection and response process.

12


 

Operations

We host our platform and solutions for our customers in data centers located in North America (Las Vegas, Nevada and Ashburn, Virginia) and Europe (Amsterdam, Netherlands and London, United Kingdom). We contract with SuperNap (Nevada), Equinix (Virginia), Verizon (Netherlands), and VMware (UK) for use of these data center facilities. These facilities provide extensive physical security, including manned security 365 days a year, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with video surveillance, redundant power and environmental controls, and technical controls, including biometric access. Network equipment, servers and applications are managed by our employees, and we staff a network operations center, or NOC, to monitor performance 365 days a year, 24 hours a day. We regularly conduct risk and security assessments of these facilities and review their SSAE18, SOC and/or ISO 27001 attestations and certifications to ensure that our datacenter providers have adequate controls to maintain availability and security of our services.

Development

Our research and development organization focuses on developing new software solutions and enhancing existing products, conducting software and quality assurance testing and improving our core technology. Our research and development organization is located primarily in our Los Angeles, California headquarters, where we are committed to recruiting, hiring and retaining top technical talent. We invest substantial resources in research and development to drive core technology innovation and to bring new products to market.

Our research and development expenses were $23.9 million, $21.1 million, and $18.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Our research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues were 13.5%, 17.2%, and 21.8% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Competition

The market for accounting and financial software and services is competitive, rapidly evolving and requires deep understanding of the industry standards, accounting rules and global financial regulations.

We compete with vendors of financial automation software such as Trintech, and we also compete with components of Oracle’s Hyperion software.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

level of customer satisfaction;

 

ease of deployment and use of applications;

 

ability to integrate with multiple legacy enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications;

 

domain expertise on accounting best practices;

 

ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly;

 

capability for configurability, integration and scalability of applications;

 

cloud-based delivery model;

 

advanced security and reliability features;

 

brand recognition and historical operating performance; and

 

price and total cost of ownership.

We believe we are positioned favorably against our competitors based on these factors. However, certain of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer and marketing relationships, larger marketing budgets, and significantly greater resources.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

Our intellectual property and proprietary rights are important to our business. We currently have one pending patent application. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection, and confidentiality or

13


 

license agreements with our employees, customers, partners, and others to protect our intellectual property rights. Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees and the functionality and frequent enhancements to our solutions are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain portions of our software. Competitors may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or third parties could occur. Laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized use of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may increase as our company continues to expand outside of the United States.

Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve and overlap with other industry segments.

Information about Segment and Geographic Revenue

Information about segment and geographic revenue is set forth in Notes 2 and 16 of the “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Employees and Culture

We believe our employees and culture are fundamental to our success. Therese Tucker, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, has led our company since its inception in 2001 and has built and maintained a culture committed to empowering our employees and communities around us. Our motto “Think. Create. Serve.” expresses our core values as a company dedicated to innovation and creativity, collaboration and action and service to each other and our customers.

We seek to hire talented employees and are focused on their long-term development and training. We work to foster a collaborative, performance-driven working environment where integrity, open and honest communication and accountability are embraced and cultivated. By mixing these important features with an element of fun, we seek to maintain a satisfying workplace for our employees. We are proud of our recognition as a best place to work in the Los Angeles area in 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

Many of our employees have previously worked for our customers. We believe this uniquely positions us to build compelling and effective products while also enhancing the user experience for our customers. Our desire to build a platform that creates value for all stakeholders in the accounting and financial process informs our decisions regarding product design and development.

We also believe in making a positive impact on our communities. Each year during our annual Users Conference, we join with our customers to perform a day of community service — in 2016 and 2017, through a joint event with LA Mission, our employees, interested clients and partners volunteered their time to distribute food to local needy residents.  In 2014 and 2015, through joint events with Windy City Habitat for Humanity and Atlanta-based Habitat for Humanity, we helped to rebuild homes in the cities of Chicago and Atlanta.

At December 31, 2017, we employed 740 people globally. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in May 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 21300 Victory Blvd., 12th Floor, Woodland Hills, California 91367, and our telephone number is (818) 223-9008.  On September 3, 2013, we acquired BlackLine Systems, Inc., an S-Corporation, and Silver Lake Sumeru and Iconiq acquired a controlling interest in us, which we refer to as the “2013 Acquisition”.  We completed our initial public offering in November 2016, and our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BL.”

14


 

The names “BlackLine,” “BlackLine Systems,” “Intercompany Hub,” and our logo are our trademarks. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains trademarks and trade names of other businesses that are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks we name in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and references herein to “emerging growth company” are intended to have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Available Information

Our website is located at www.blackline.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://investors.blackline.com/. We have used, and intend to continue to use, our Investor Relations website as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material electronically with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains our SEC filings. The address of the site is www.sec.gov. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  Additional risk and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also impair our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risk factors actually occurs, our business, operating results, financial condition, cash flows, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers, our business growth could be slower than we expect and our business may be harmed.

Our future growth depends in part upon increasing our customer base. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenues in the future will depend, in large part, upon the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, both domestically and internationally. We may have difficulty attracting a potential client that has already invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate on-premise software into its business, as such organizations may be reluctant or unwilling to invest in a new product. If we fail to attract new customers or maintain and expand those customer relationships, our revenues will grow more slowly than expected and our business will be harmed.

Our future growth also depends upon our ability to add users and sell additional products to our existing customers. It is important for the future growth of our business that our existing customers make additional significant purchases of our products and add additional users to our platform. Our business also depends on retaining existing customers. If we do not retain customers, our customers do not purchase additional products or we do not add additional users to our platform, our revenues may grow more slowly than expected, may not grow at all or may decline. Additionally, increasing incremental sales to our current customer base may require additional sales efforts that are targeted at senior

15


 

management. There can be no assurance that our efforts would result in increased sales to existing customers or additional revenues.

Our business and growth depend substantially on customers renewing their subscription agreements with us and any decline in our customer renewals could adversely affect our future operating results.

Our initial subscription period for the majority of our customers is one to three years. In order for us to continue to increase our revenue, it is important that our existing customers renew their subscription agreements when the initial contract term expires. Although our agreements typically include automatic renewal language, our customers may cancel their agreements at the expiration of the initial term. In addition, our customers may renew for fewer users, renew for shorter contract lengths or renew for fewer products or solutions. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our software or professional services, our pricing or pricing structure, the pricing or capabilities of products or services offered by our competitors, the effects of economic conditions or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. As the markets for our existing solutions mature, or as current and future competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are profitable to us. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing model, offer price incentives or reduce our prices. If our customers do not renew their agreements with us or renew on terms less favorable to us, our revenues may decline.

We have a history of losses and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred net losses in recent periods, including $38.1 million, $39.2 million, and $24.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $125.5 million at December 31, 2017. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability. We also expect our costs to increase in future periods as we continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

development of our cloud-based platform, including investments in research and development, product innovation to expand the features and functionality of our software solutions and improvements to the scalability and security of our platform;

 

sales and marketing, including expansion of our direct sales force and our relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms, business process outsourcers and resellers;

 

additional international expansion in an effort to increase our customer base and sales; and

 

general administration, including legal, accounting and other expenses related to being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth of our business or any growth in revenue and may not be sufficient to offset the expense and may harm our profitability. If we fail to continue to grow our revenue, we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have experienced rapid growth and organizational change in recent periods and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan.

We increased our number of full-time employees from 183 at December 31, 2013 to 740 at December 31, 2017 as we have experienced growth in number of customers and expanded our operations. Our growth has placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We intend to further expand our headcount and operations both domestically and internationally, with no assurance that our business or revenue will continue to grow. Continuing to create a global organization and managing a geographically dispersed workforce will require substantial management effort, the allocation of valuable management resources and significant additional investment in our infrastructure. We will be required to continually improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively, which could negatively affect our results of operations and overall business. In addition, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross margins or operating expenses in any particular quarter. Moreover, if we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our software solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

16


 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who may follow our stock, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Some of the important factors that may cause our revenue, operating results and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

our ability to attract new customers and retain and increase sales to existing customers;

 

the number of new employees added;

 

the rate of expansion and productivity of our sales force;

 

long sales cycles and the timing of large contracts;

 

changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies;

 

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operations and expansion of our business;

 

new products, features or functionalities introduced by us and our competitors;

 

significant security breaches, technical difficulties or interruptions to our platform;

 

the timing of customer payments and payment defaults by customers;

 

general economic conditions that may adversely affect either our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase additional products or services, delay a prospective customer’s purchasing decision or affect customer retention;

 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

the impact and timing of taxes or changes in tax law;

 

the timing and the amount of grants or vesting of equity awards to employees;

 

seasonality of our business; and

 

changes in customer buying patterns.

Many of these factors are outside of our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our revenue, operating results, and cash flows to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, operating results and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

If we are not able to provide successful enhancements, new features or modifications to our software solutions, our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to provide enhancements and new features for our existing solutions or new solutions that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with rapid technological developments, our business could be adversely affected. The success of enhancements, new products and solutions depends on several factors, including timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. We must continue to meet changing expectations and requirements of our customers and, because our platform is designed to operate on a variety of systems, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware and other software, communication, browser and database technologies. Our platform is also designed to integrate with existing enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) systems such as NetSuite, Oracle, SAP and Workday, and will require modifications and enhancements as these systems change over time. Any failure of our solutions to operate effectively with future platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our solutions or result in customer dissatisfaction. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new solutions or technologies, or modifications to existing solutions or technologies, could increase our research and development expenses. If we are not successful in developing modifications and enhancements to our solutions or if we fail to bring them to market in a timely fashion, our solutions may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete, our revenue growth may be significantly impaired and our business could be adversely affected.

17


 

We derive substantially all of our revenues from a limited number of software solutions, and our future growth is dependent on their success.

We currently derive and expect to continue to derive substantially all of our revenues from our Close Process Management solution. As such, the continued growth in market demand for this solution is critical to our continued success. We have recently introduced two new software solutions, Intercompany Hub and Smart Close, and one new software product, Insights, but cannot be certain that they will generate significant revenues. Accordingly, our business and financial results will be substantially dependent on a limited number of solutions.

If our relationships with technology vendors and business process outsourcers are not successful, our business and growth will be harmed.

We depend on, and anticipate that we will continue to depend on, various strategic relationships in order to sustain and grow our business. We have established strong relationships with technology vendors such as SAP and NetSuite to market our solutions to users of their ERP solutions, and professional services firms such as Deloitte, Ernst & Young, and KPMG, and business process outsourcers such as Cognizant, Genpact and IBM to supplement delivery and implementation of our applications. We believe these relationships enable us to effectively market our solutions by offering a complementary suite of services. In particular, we have a strategic relationship with SAP to market our solution to users of SAP’s ERP solutions. Our solution is an SAP-endorsed business solution that integrates with SAP’s ERP solutions. Under our agreement with SAP, which we entered into in 2013, we pay SAP a fee based on a percentage of revenues from our new customers that use an SAP ERP system. We continue to pay SAP a fee for these customers over the term of their subscription agreements. Revenues from our customers that use an SAP ERP solution accounted for $33.3 million, or 19%, of our total revenues, $20.7 million, or 17%, of our total revenues, and $9.4 million, or 11%, of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining our relationship with SAP, or if we are unsuccessful in supporting or expanding our relationships with other companies, our business would be adversely affected.

Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with other companies require significant time and resources. Our agreements with technology vendors are typically limited in duration, non-exclusive, cancellable upon notice and do not prohibit the counterparties from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. For example, our agreement with SAP can be terminated by either party upon six months’ notice and there is no assurance that our relationship with SAP will continue. If we are no longer an SAP-endorsed business solution, our business could be adversely affected. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our platform. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.

If our security controls are breached or unauthorized, or inadvertent access to customer, employee or other confidential data is otherwise obtained, our software solutions may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, our business may be harmed and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our platform involves the storage, transmission and processing of our customers’ proprietary data, including highly confidential financial information regarding their business and personal or identifying information regarding their customers or employees. Our platform is at risk for breaches as a result of third-party action, employee, vendor or contractor error, malfeasance or other factors. If any unauthorized or inadvertent access to or a security breach of our platform occurs, or is believed to occur, such an event could result in the loss of data, loss of business, severe reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach or penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations. We may also suffer breaches of our internal systems. Security breaches of our platform or our internal systems could also result in significant costs for remediation that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repair of system damage that may have been caused, incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach, and other liabilities.

Additionally, many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach could result in negative publicity to us, which may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures which could impact our operating results.

18


 

We incur significant expenses to prevent security breaches, including deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third-party experts and contractors. If a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another Software as a Service (“SaaS”) provider, our clients and potential clients may lose trust in the security of our platform or in the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing clients or attract new ones. Even in the absence of any security breach, customer concerns about security, privacy, or data protection may deter them from using our platform for activities that involve personal or other sensitive information. Our errors and omissions insurance policies covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all potential liability. Although we maintain cyber liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period.  From time to time, we experience cyber security events including directed “phishing” attacks against our employees, web attacks and other information technology incidents that are typical for a SaaS company of our size. These threats continue to evolve and are difficult to predict due to advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography and new and sophisticated methods used by criminals including phishing, social engineering or other illicit acts. There can be no assurances that our defensive measures will prevent cyber-attacks and any incidents could damage our brand and reputation and negatively impact our business.

Because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we make numerous statements in our privacy policy and customer agreements, through our certifications to privacy standards and in our marketing materials, providing assurances about the security of our platform including detailed descriptions of security measures we employ. Should any of these statements be untrue or become untrue, even through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims of misrepresentation or deceptiveness by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state and foreign regulators and private litigants. Our errors and omissions insurance coverage covering security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all liabilities.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our software solutions, platform and technology may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our platform at any time. Our platform is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering, operations and software development teams for its continued performance. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform simultaneously, denial of service attacks or other security related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. Because of the seasonal nature of financial close activities, increasing complexity of our platform and expanding user population, it may become difficult to accurately predict and timely address performance and capacity needs during peak load times. If our platform is unavailable or if our users are unable to access it within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business would be harmed. In addition, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Therefore, in the event of any of the factors described above, or other failures of our infrastructure, customer data may be permanently lost. Our customer agreements typically include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits in the event of a significant disruption in our platform. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

If our software contains serious errors or defects, we may lose revenue and market acceptance and may incur costs to defend or settle product liability claims.

Complex software such as ours often contains errors or defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Despite internal and third-party testing and testing by our customers, our current and future software may contain serious defects, which could result in lost revenue or a delay in market acceptance.

Since our customers use our platform for critical business functions such as assisting in the financial close or account reconciliation process, errors, defects or other performance problems could result in damage to our customers.

19


 

They could seek significant compensation from us for the losses they suffer. Although our customer agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to product liability claims, existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial decisions could negate these limitations. Even if not successful, a product liability claim brought against us would likely be time-consuming and costly and could seriously damage our reputation in the marketplace, making it harder for us to sell our products.

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly-skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees. We rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, operations, security, marketing, sales and general and administrative functions. In particular, our founder and Chief Executive Officer provides our strategic direction and has built and maintained what we believe is an attractive workplace culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Key members of our current management and finance teams have only been working together for a relatively short period of time. If we are not successful in integrating these key employees into our organization, such failure could disrupt our business operations. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees, especially our founder and Chief Executive Officer, could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly-qualified personnel. Competition for personnel is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software applications and experienced sales professionals. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. Likewise, if competitors hire our employees, we may divert time and resources to deterring any breach by our former employees or their new employers of their legal obligations. Given the competitive nature of our industry, we have both received and asserted such claims in the past. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly-skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

If our industry does not continue to develop as we anticipate or if potential customers do not continue to adopt our platform, our sales would not grow as quickly as expected, or at all, and our business and operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We operate in a rapidly evolving industry focused on modernizing financial and accounting operations. Our solutions are relatively new and have been developed to respond to an increasingly global and complex business environment with more rigorous regulatory standards. If organizations do not increasingly allocate their budgets to financial automation software as we expect or if we do not succeed in convincing potential customers that our platform should be an integral part of their overall approach to their accounting processes, our sales may not grow as quickly as anticipated, or at all. Our business is substantially dependent on enterprises recognizing that accounting errors and inefficiencies are pervasive and are not effectively addressed by legacy solutions. Future deterioration in general economic conditions may also cause our customers to cut their overall information technology spending, and such cuts may disproportionately affect software solutions like ours to the extent customers view our solutions as discretionary. If our revenue does not increase for any of these reasons, or any other reason, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for accounting and financial software and services is highly competitive and rapidly evolving. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. We often compete with other vendors of financial automation software such as Trintech. We also compete with large, well-established, enterprise application software vendors, such as Oracle, whose Hyperion software contains components that compete with our platform. In the future, a competitor offering ERP software could include a free service similar to ours as part of its standard

20


 

offerings or may offer a free standalone version of a service similar to ours. Further, other established software vendors not currently focused on accounting and finance software and services may expand their services to compete with us.

Our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer and marketing relationships, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. They may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, some of our competitors have partnered with, or have acquired, and may in the future partner with or acquire, other competitors to offer services, leveraging their collective competitive positions, which makes, or would make, it more difficult to compete with them.

With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our platform and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our platform to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to our long and increasingly variable sales cycle.

Our sales cycle generally varies in duration between four to nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential customer, the size of the potential contract and the type of solution or product being purchased. The sales cycle for our global enterprise customers is generally longer than that of our mid-market customers. In addition, the length of the sales cycle tends to increase for larger contracts and for more complex, strategic products like Intercompany Hub.  As we continue to focus on increasing our average contract size and selling more strategic products, we expect our sales cycle to lengthen and become less predictable.  This could cause variability in our operating results for any particular period.

A number of other factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our software solutions;

 

the need to educate potential customers on the differences between traditional, on-premise software and SaaS solutions;

 

the relatively long duration of the commitment customers make in their agreements with us;

 

the discretionary nature and timing of potential customers’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

the competitive nature of potential customers’ evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

announcements or planned introductions of new products by us or our competitors; and

 

lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential customers.

We may incur higher costs and longer sales cycles as a result of large enterprises representing an increased portion of our revenue. In this market, the decision to subscribe to our solutions may require the approval of more technical and information security personnel and management levels within a potential customer’s organization, and if so, these types of sales require us to invest more time educating these potential customers. In addition, larger organizations may demand more features and integration services and have increased purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contractual arrangements with us, which may contain restrictive terms favorable to the larger organization. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater research and development, sales, product support and professional services resources to individual customers, resulting in increased costs and reduced profitability, and would likely lengthen our typical sales cycle, which could strain our resources.

21


 

In addition, more sales are closed in the last month of a quarter than other times. If we are unable to close sufficient transactions in a particular period, or if a significant amount of transactions are delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.

Failure to effectively organize or expand our sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base.

Increasing our customer base and sales will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively organize and expand our sales and marketing operations and activities. From January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2017, our sales and marketing teams increased from 68 to 372 employees. As we’ve grown and scaled our operations, we have aligned our sales team to help streamline the customer experience.  We rely on our direct sales force to obtain new customers and on our enterprise field sales team and account management team to maximize the lifetime value of our customer relationships through retention and upsell efforts.  Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to support new and existing customer growth and maintain customer satisfaction.  If we cannot provide the tools and training to our teams to efficiently do their jobs and satisfy customer demands, we may not be able to achieve anticipated revenue growth as quickly as expected.

In addition, we plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining a sufficient number of experienced sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new sales segments and territories. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Our business will be harmed if our sales expansion efforts do not generate a significant increase in revenue.

We recognize subscription revenue over the term of our customer contracts and, consequently, downturns or upturns in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We recognize subscription revenue from our platform ratably over the terms of our customers’ agreements, most of which have one-year terms but an increasing number of which have up to three-year terms. As a result, most of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our platform, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rate of expansion or retention, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in line with a significant deterioration in sales. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while revenue is recognized over the life of the agreement with our customer. As a result, increased growth in the number of our customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of our agreements. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

We previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.  Although we believe these material weaknesses have since been remediated, we may identify material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future and may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. During 2015, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Although we remediated these material weaknesses as of December 31, 2016, we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future.

22


 

The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act has been and will continue to be time consuming, costly and complicated. If, during the evaluation and testing process, we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal controls or the level at which our internal controls are documented, designed, implemented, or reviewed. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to stockholder lawsuits, litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources, and cause investor perceptions to be adversely affected and potentially resulting in restatement of our financial statements for prior periods and a decline in the market price of our stock.

We rely on a limited number of data centers to deliver our cloud-based software solutions and any disruption of service at these centers could harm our business.

We manage our software solutions and serve most of our customers using a cloud-based infrastructure that is operated by a limited number of third-party data center facilities in North America and Europe. We do not control the operation of these facilities. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any disruptions or delays from errors, defects, hacking incidents, security breaches, computer viruses, bad acts or performance problems could harm our reputation, damage our customers’ businesses, and adversely affect our business and operating results. Our data centers are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. If our data centers were compromised or unavailable or our users were unable to access our solutions for any reason, our business and operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Our customers have experienced minor disruptions and outages in accessing our solutions in the past, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages and other performance problems. Although we expend considerable effort to ensure that our platform performance is capable of handling existing and increased traffic levels, the ability of our cloud-based solutions to effectively manage any increased capacity requirements depends on our third-party providers. Our third-party data center providers may not be able to meet such performance requirements, especially to cover peak levels or spikes in traffic, and as a result, our customers may experience delays in accessing our solutions or encounter slower performance in our solutions, which could significantly harm the operations of these facilities. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, and cause customers to terminate their subscriptions or harm our renewal rates.

If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our customers could experience service shortfalls. The provisioning of additional cloud hosting capacity and data center infrastructure requires lead time. As we continue to add data centers, restructure our data management plans, and increase capacity in existing and future data centers, we have and expect to in the future move or transfer our data and our customers’ data. Despite precautions taken during such processes and procedures, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service, and we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer of data to other facilities which may lead to, among other things, customer dissatisfaction and non-renewals. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

If we are unable to develop and maintain successful relationships with resellers, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We believe that continued growth in our business is dependent upon identifying, developing, and maintaining strategic relationships with companies that resell our solutions. We plan to expand our small but growing network of resellers and to add new resellers, in particular to help grow our mid-market business globally. Our agreements with our existing resellers are non-exclusive, meaning resellers may offer customers the products of several different companies, including products that compete with ours. They may also cease marketing our solutions with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. We expect that any additional resellers we identify and develop will be similarly non-exclusive and not bound by any requirement to continue to market our solutions. If we fail to identify additional resellers, in a timely and

23


 

cost-effective manner, or at all, or are unable to assist our current and future resellers in independently selling our solutions, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. If resellers do not effectively market and sell our solutions, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our reputation and ability to grow our business may also be adversely affected.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business, operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation for accounting and finance software is critical to our relationships with our existing customers and to our ability to attract new customers. The successful promotion of our brand attributes will depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality software, and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competitive products and services. Our brand promotion activities may not ultimately be successful or yield increased revenue. In addition, independent industry analysts provide reviews of our platform, as well as products and services offered by our competitors, and perception of our platform in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ products and services, our brand may be adversely affected.

The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new markets and as more sales are generated. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors, and we could lose customers or fail to attract potential customers, all of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our solutions to customers located outside of the United States, and thus our business is susceptible to risks associated with international sales and operations.

We currently maintain offices and/or have sales personnel in Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Malaysia, Netherlands, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, and the United Kingdom, and we intend to build out our international operations. As part of our ongoing international expansion strategy, in August 2016, we acquired Runbook, a Netherlands-based provider of financial close automation software solutions to SAP customers. We derived approximately 20%,16%, and 14% of our revenues from sales outside the United States for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Any international expansion efforts that we may undertake, including our Runbook Acquisition, may not be successful. In addition, conducting international operations in new markets subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These risks include:

 

localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements;

 

lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, legal standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs and other barriers;

 

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

differing technology standards;

 

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations and differing employer/employee relationships;

 

fluctuations in exchange rates that may increase the volatility of our foreign-based revenue;

 

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value-added tax (or other tax) systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

uncertain political and economic climates, including the significant volatility in the global financial markets; and

 

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

24


 

These factors may cause our international costs of doing business to exceed our comparable domestic costs. Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition as a whole.

We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such transactions.

We regularly evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products, and other assets. For example, in 2016, we completed the Runbook Acquisition. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our products and services, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distributions or discount pricing.

Any future acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, their software is not easily adapted to work with our platform, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or otherwise. In addition, Runbook offers an on-premise solution to its customers. If we are unable to migrate those customers to our cloud solution or if we are unable to integrate Runbook’s on-premise software with our platform, our business may be adversely affected. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult, and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if announced, may not be completed. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

 

issue additional equity securities that would dilute our existing stockholders;

 

use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

 

incur large charges or substantial liabilities;

 

incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

 

encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software codes or business cultures; and

 

become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation, and amortization, or deferred compensation charges.

We use third-party contractors outside of the United States to supplement our research and development capabilities, which may expose us to risks, including risks inherent in foreign operations.

We use third-party contractors outside of the United States to supplement our research and development capabilities. We currently use third-party contractors located in Romania and China. Managing operations that are remote from our U.S. headquarters is difficult and we may not be able to manage these third-party contractors successfully. If we fail to maintain productive relationships with these contractors generally, we may be required to develop our solutions in a less efficient and cost-effective manner and our product release schedules may be delayed while we hire software developers or find alternative contract development resources. Additionally, while we take precautions to ensure that software components developed by our third-party contractors are reviewed and that our source code is protected, misconduct by our third-party contractors could result in infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. Furthermore, any acts of espionage, malware attacks, theft of confidential information or other malicious cyber incidents attributed to our third-party contractors may compromise our system infrastructure, expose us to litigation and lead to reputational harm that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

25


 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend, in part, upon our intellectual property. We currently have one patent application, which may not result in an issued patent. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection, and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. In the past, we have utilized demand letters as a means to assert and resolve claims regarding potential misuse of our proprietary or trade secret information. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

Lawsuits or other claims by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights could cause us to incur significant expenses or liabilities.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our future success depends, in part, on not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that our solutions and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our solutions or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or other companies in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our solutions, or refund subscription fees, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may incur substantial costs to resolve claims or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us, which could include payment of significant settlement, royalty or license fees, modification of our solutions, or refunds to customers of subscription fees. Even if we were to prevail in the event of claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and other employees from our business operations. Such disputes could also disrupt our solutions, adversely impacting our customer satisfaction and ability to attract customers.

We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the use of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming misuse of, or a right to compensation for, what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products or take other remedial actions.

Privacy and data security concerns, and data collection and transfer restrictions and related domestic or foreign regulations may limit the use and adoption of our solutions and adversely affect our business.

Personal privacy, information security, and data protection are significant issues in the United States, Europe and many other jurisdictions where we offer our platform. The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage and use of business information, particularly information that affects financial statements, and personal data, is rapidly evolving and any failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable privacy, security, or data protection laws or regulations may adversely affect our business.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed requirements regarding the collection, distribution, use, security and storage of personally identifiable information and other data relating to individuals, and federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied to enforce regulations related to the online

26


 

collection, use and dissemination of data. Some of these requirements include obligations on companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personal information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships. Even though we may have contractual protections with such organizations, notifications related to a security breach could impact our reputation, harm customer confidence, hurt our expansion into new markets or cause us to lose existing customers.

Further, many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union (the “EU”), where we conduct business and have offices, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of personal data obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol, or IP, addresses. With regard to data transfers of personal data from our European employees and customers to the United States, we historically relied on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the European Union and Switzerland, which established means for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by companies doing business in Europe from the EU to the United States. As a result of the October 6, 2015 European Court of Justice opinion in Case C-362/14 (Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner) (the “ECJ Ruling”), the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework was deemed an invalid method of compliance with EU restrictions on data transfers. We have taken certain measures to legitimize our transfers of personal data, both internally and on behalf of our customers, from the EU to the United States in the wake of the ECJ Ruling.  Additionally, EU and U.S. political authorities adopted the U.S. EU Privacy Shield on July 12, 2016, which may provide a new mechanism for companies to transfer EU personal data to the United States. While we now have Privacy Shield certification in place that we believe allow for the lawful transfer of personal data from the EU to the United States, it is possible that these mechanisms may be challenged or evolve to include new legal requirements that could have an impact on data transfers. It is unclear at this time whether the U.S. EU Privacy Shield will serve as an appropriate means for us to transfer EU personal data from the EU to the United States.  Our means for transferring personal data from the EU may not be adopted by all of our customers and may be subject to legal challenge by data protection authorities, and we may experience reluctance or refusal by European customers to use our solutions due to potential risk exposure as a result of the ECJ Ruling. We and our customers face a risk of enforcement actions taken by EU data protection authorities regarding data transfers from the EU to the United States.

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the EU, and other jurisdictions. For example, the European Commission recently adopted a General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), effective on May 25, 2018, that will supersede current EU data protection legislation, the GDPR became directly applicable to EU member states, imposed more stringent EU data protection requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, and for companies established in the EU and those outside the EU if they collect and use personal data of EU subjects, and provides for greater penalties for noncompliance.  As the GDPR is a regulation rather than a directive, it applies throughout all EU member states, but permits member states to enact supplemental requirements if they so choose. Noncompliance with the GDPR can trigger fines up to €20 million or 4% of global annual revenues, whichever is higher. We cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Such laws and regulations are often subject to differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. These and other requirements could reduce demand for our service, increase our costs, impair our ability to grow our business, or restrict our ability to store and process data or, in some cases, impact our ability to offer our service in some locations and may subject us to liability. Further, in view of new or modified federal, state or foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations, or any changes in their interpretation, we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our software or platform and otherwise adapt to these changes. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new products and features could be limited.

Further, following a referendum in June 2016 in which voters in the United Kingdom approved an exit from the EU, the United Kingdom government initiated a process to leave the EU in March 2017 and began negotiations to leave the EU in June 2017 (often referred to as “Brexit”), which is expected to be completed within the next two years. The Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom.  In particular, it is unclear whether the United Kingdom will enact data protection laws or regulations designed to be consistent with the pending EU GDPR and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated. In the immediate term, the United Kingdom will remain bound by the EU GDPR following its exit from the EU since the U.K. government has announced its intention to enact a ‘Great Repeal Bill’ which enshrines all EU law into domestic U.K. legislation. While the U.K. Information Commissioner’s Office has announced that there are no plans to dilute U.K. data protection laws, it is less

27


 

certain how data protection laws or regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the U.K. will be regulated.

Our customers also expect that we comply with regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. Our customers expect us to meet voluntary certifications or adhere to standards established by third parties, such as the SSAE 18, SOC1 and SOC2 audit processes, and may demand that they be provided a report from our auditors that we are in compliance. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could adversely affect our customers’ demand for our service and could harm our business.

The costs of compliance with and other burdens imposed by laws, regulations and standards may limit the use and adoption of our service and reduce overall demand for it, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance. Privacy, information security, and data protection concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries.

We depend and rely upon SaaS applications from third parties to operate our business and interruptions or performance problems with these technologies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely heavily on SaaS applications from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including billing and order management, enterprise resource planning, and financial accounting services. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions, or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our solutions and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

We rely on third-party computer hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our software solutions.

We rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to deliver our software solutions. This hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delaying or preventing our ability to provide our software solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our software solutions could result in errors or a failure, which could damage our reputation, impede our ability to provide our platform or process information, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our results of operations.

We conduct transactions, particularly intercompany transactions, in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the British pound and the Euro. As we grow our international operations, we expect the amount of our revenues that are denominated in foreign currencies to increase in the future. Accordingly, changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could affect our revenue and operating results due to transactional and translational remeasurements that are reflected in our results of operations. As a result of such foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Additionally, as a result of Brexit, global markets and foreign currencies were adversely impacted.  In particular, the value of the British pound declined as compared to the U.S. dollar and other currencies.  This volatility in foreign currencies is expected to continue as the U.K. negotiates and executes its exit from the EU, but it is uncertain over what time period this will occur.  A significantly weaker British pound compared to the U.S. dollar could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not currently maintain a program to hedge transactional exposures in foreign currencies. However, in the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

28


 

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solutions are subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular export or sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. The U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the export, re-export or transfer of specific products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our solutions could be sold by resellers or could be used by persons in sanctioned countries despite such precautions. Failure to comply with the U.S. export control, sanctions and import laws could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. We and our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our resellers fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of encryption technology, including through import permitting/licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solutions or could limit our customers’ ability to implement or access our solutions in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export, sanctions and import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from accessing our solutions or, in some cases, preventing the export or import of our solutions to some countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

29


 

The nature of our business requires the application of complex revenue and expense recognition rules and the current legislative and regulatory environment affecting generally accepted accounting principles is uncertain. Significant changes in current principles could affect our financial statements going forward and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm our operating results.

The accounting rules and regulations that we must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. Recent actions and public comments from the FASB and the SEC have focused on the integrity of financial reporting and internal controls. In addition, many companies’ accounting policies are being subject to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could materially impact our financial statements. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended, which will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance. Although the new standard permits early adoption as early as January 1, 2017, the effective date of the new revenue standard was January 1, 2018. The new standard permitted adoption either by using (i) a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. We will adopt the new revenue guidance in the first quarter of 2018 using the full retrospective method to restate each prior reporting period presented. We are currently assessing the impact of the new revenue guidance on our arrangements; we anticipate this standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We currently believe that the new guidance will impact the amount and timing of incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions. We generally do not pay sales commissions upon contract renewal. Accordingly, under the new revenue guidance, the sales commissions will be recognized over an estimated period of benefit rather than over the non-cancelable term under current guidance. The new guidance is also expected to impact our on-premise solutions subject to current software revenue recognition guidance, as we may be required to recognize as revenue a significant portion of the contract consideration upon delivery of the software compared to the current practice of recognizing the contract consideration ratably over time for certain arrangements. The new guidance will also require incremental disclosures of our revenue arrangements. We are in process of quantifying the impact of these changes. Adoption of this standard will also require changes to our business processes, systems and controls to support the new revenue recognition guidance. We are in the process of identifying and implementing such changes.

We cannot predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies on our financial statements going forward, which could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of the change. In addition, if we were to change our critical accounting estimates, including those related to the recognition of license revenue and other revenue sources, our operating results could be significantly affected.

Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our solutions could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects.

Our platform is deployed in a wide variety of technology environments and into a broad range of complex workflows. Our platform has been integrated into large-scale, enterprise-wide technology environments, and specialized use cases, and our success depends on our ability to implement our platform successfully in these environments. We often assist our customers in implementing our platform, but many customers attempt to implement even complex deployments themselves or use a third-party service firm. If we or our customers are unable to implement our platform successfully, or are unable to do so in a timely manner, customer perceptions of our platform and company may be impaired, our reputation and brand may suffer, and customers may choose not to renew or expand the use of our platform.

Our customers and third-party resellers may need training in the proper use of our platform to maximize its potential. If our platform is not implemented or used correctly or as intended, including if customers input incorrect or incomplete financial data into our platform, inadequate performance may result. Because our customers rely on our platform to manage their financial close and other financial tasks, the incorrect or improper implementation or use of our platform, our failure to train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our platform, or our failure to provide adequate product support to our customers, may result in negative publicity or legal claims against us. Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure by us to properly provide these services will likely result in lost opportunities for additional subscriptions to our platform.

30


 

Any failure to offer high-quality product support may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

In deploying and using our solutions, our customers depend on our support services team to resolve complex technical and operational issues. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for product support. We also may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our product support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for product support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Our sales are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality product support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality product support, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, our business, operating results, and financial position.

If the market for SaaS solutions develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business would be adversely affected.

The market for SaaS solutions is less mature than the market for on-premise software applications, and the adoption rate of SaaS solutions may be slower at companies in industries with heightened data security interests or business practices requiring highly customizable application software. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional on-premise solutions into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to purchase SaaS solutions. In addition, some organizations have been reluctant to use cloud-based solutions because they have concerns regarding the risks associated with the reliability or security of the technology delivery model associated with these solutions. Because our solutions involve the aggregation, storage and use of confidential information and related data, including highly confidential financial data, some customers may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to our cloud-based solutions.

It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our software solutions, the future growth rate and size of the market or the entry of competitive products or services. The expansion of the SaaS solutions market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with SaaS, as well as the ability of SaaS providers to address data security and privacy concerns. Government agencies have adopted, or may adopt, laws and regulations regarding the collection and use of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals, or may seek to access information on our platform, either of which may reduce the overall demand for our platform. If we or other SaaS providers experience data security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for SaaS solutions, including our platform, may be negatively affected. If SaaS solutions do not continue to achieve market acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand for SaaS solutions caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and products, or decreases in information technology spending, it would result in decreased revenue and our business would be adversely affected.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for business software applications and services generally and for accounting and finance systems in particular. Weak economic conditions affect the rate of accounting and finance and information technology spending and could adversely affect our customers’ or potential customers’ ability or willingness to purchase our cloud platform, delay purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscription contracts, or affect attrition rates, all of which could adversely affect our operating results. If economic conditions deteriorate, our customers and prospective customers may elect to decrease their accounting and finance and information technology budgets, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Changes in laws and regulations related to the internet and cloud computing or changes to internet infrastructure may diminish the demand for our solutions, and could have a negative impact on our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication, and business applications. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the internet as a commercial medium. Regulators in some industries have also adopted, and may in the future adopt regulations or interpretive positions regarding the use of SaaS and cloud computing solutions. For example, some financial services regulators have

31


 

imposed guidelines for the use of cloud computing services that mandate specific controls or require financial services enterprises to obtain regulatory approval prior to utilizing such software. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have imposed and may impose additional taxes, fees, or other charges for accessing the internet or commerce conducted via the internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for internet-based solutions and services such as ours. In addition, the use of the internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms,” and similar malicious programs and the internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our solutions could decline.

 

The adoption of any laws or regulations adversely affecting the growth, popularity or use of the Internet, including laws impacting Internet neutrality, could decrease the demand for our products and increase our operating costs. The current legislative and regulatory landscape regarding the regulation of the Internet and, in particular, Internet neutrality, in the United States is subject to uncertainty. The Federal Communications Commission passed Open Internet rules in February 2015, effective in June 2015, generally providing for Internet neutrality with respect to fixed and mobile broadband Internet service. On December 14, 2017, the Federal Communications Commission voted to repeal Open Internet rules generally providing for Internet neutrality with respect to fixed and mobile broadband Internet service regulations and return to a “light-touch” regulatory framework. However, the repeal has not yet taken effect and a number of parties have already stated their intent to appeal this order, thus, the future impact of such repeal and any challenge thereto remains uncertain. Any changes in the legislative and regulatory landscape regarding Internet neutrality, or otherwise regarding the regulation of the Internet, could harm our business.

We provide service level commitments under our customer contracts, and if we fail to meet these contractual commitments, our revenues could be adversely affected.

Our customer agreements typically provide service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our applications, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits, refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services, or we could face contract terminations. Our revenues could be significantly affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. Any extended service outages could adversely affect our reputation, revenues and operating results.

Seasonality could cause our operating results and financial metrics to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and make them more difficult to predict.

We typically add fewer customers in the first quarter of the year than other quarters. We also experience a higher volume of sales at the end of each quarter and year, which is often the result of buying decisions by our customers. Seasonality may be reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes may not be immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of our agreements. We may also increase expenses in a period in anticipation of future revenues. Changes in the number of customers and users in different periods will cause fluctuations in our financial metrics and, to a lesser extent, revenues. Those changes and fluctuations in our expenses will affect our results on a quarterly basis, and will make forecasting our future operating results and financial metrics difficult.

Our international operations subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the value of assets sold or acquired or income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations. We believe that our financial statements reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency, but there can be no assurances in that regard.

32


 

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to expansion of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

In December 2017, the U.S. Congress passed and the President signed legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Tax Act”), which contains many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. The consequences of these changes, including whether and how state, local and foreign jurisdictions will react to such changes, have not yet been determined. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realizability of the net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses contained in the Tax Act or other tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense.  Furthermore, changes to the taxation of undistributed foreign earnings could change our future intentions regarding reinvestment of such earnings.  The foregoing items could have an adverse effect on our operating results, cash flow, or financial condition

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

At December 31, 2017, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), of $122.3 million and $60.3 million, respectively. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability. The Tax Act includes changes to the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, and our NOLs and other deferred tax assets have been revalued at the newly enacted rate.  The revaluation did not have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of operations because we currently maintain a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected, or in the future should collect, sales and use, value-added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Sales and use, value-added and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction and are subject to change from time to time. Some jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features or enhance our existing solutions, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

33


 

Natural disasters and other events beyond our control could harm our business.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics and other events beyond our control. Although we maintain crisis management and disaster response plans, such events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our solutions to our customers, and could decrease demand for our solutions. The majority of our research and development activities, corporate headquarters, information technology systems and other critical business operations are located in California, which has experienced major earthquakes in the past. Significant recovery time could be required to resume operations and our financial condition and operating results could be harmed in the event of a major earthquake or catastrophic event.

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

We review our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. At December 31, 2017, we had goodwill and intangible assets with a net book value of $225.9 million related to the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition. An adverse change in market conditions, particularly if such change has the effect of changing one of our critical assumptions or estimates, could result in a change to the estimation of fair value that could result in an impairment charge to our goodwill or intangible assets. Any such charges may have a material negative impact on our operating results.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of our common stock since our initial public offering has been and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance.  Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following:

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property, or our products or third-party proprietary rights;

 

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

new laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

34


 

 

lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our common stock is listed, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from operating our business, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The Company is controlled by certain of our Principal Stockholders, whose interests may differ from those of other stockholders.

At December 31, 2017, our Principal Stockholders beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 54% of our outstanding common stock and directors affiliated with our Principal Stockholders comprise a majority of our board of directors. Further, we entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with the Principal Stockholders which provides that the Principal Stockholders are entitled to designate members of our board of directors.  We anticipate that the parties to the Stockholders’ Agreement will agree to vote for these nominees as well as other directors recommended by our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement and subject to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and applicable law, for so long as the Principal Stockholders collectively own or hold of record, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate at least 40% of their collective “Post-IPO Shares” (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in our capitalization, the following actions will require the approval of our board of directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two directors designated by Silver Lake Sumeru:

 

any voluntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution or any action relating to a voluntary bankruptcy, reorganization or recapitalization of the company or its subsidiaries;

 

certain dispositions of assets in excess of $50 million or entry into joint ventures requiring a capital contribution in excess of $50 million, in each case, by the company or its subsidiaries;

 

fundamental changes in the nature of the company’s or its subsidiaries’ existing lines of business or the entry into a new significant line of business;

 

any amendments to the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

 

incurrence of indebtedness in excess of $150 million;

 

appointment or termination of the Chief Executive Officer; and

 

change of control transactions.

At December 31, 2017, the Principal Stockholders have sufficient voting power to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and are able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply to Silver Lake Sumeru, Iconiq, their respective affiliates or the directors they designate, pursuant to their rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our partners or customers. Accordingly, these directors will have the rights to pursue business opportunities that may be of interest to the company and which they would otherwise need to provide to the company.

35


 

Although we do not expect to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the stock exchange rules and we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Because our Principal Stockholders collectively own a majority of our outstanding common stock, we are considered a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in the stock exchange rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange rules regarding corporate governance, including:

 

the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

the requirement that its nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

the requirement that its compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a “controlled company.” Although we qualify as a “controlled company,” we do not expect to rely on this exemption and intend to fully comply with all corporate governance requirements under the stock exchange rules. However, if we were to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange rules regarding corporate governance.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, each of Iconiq, Ms. Tucker and Mr. Spanicciati have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, sell, exchange, assign, pledge, hypothecate, convey or otherwise dispose of or encumber any shares of our common stock without the consent of Silver Lake Sumeru until the earlier of (i) two years following the completion of our initial public offering, or November 2, 2018, and (ii) Silver Lake Sumeru’s reduction of its holdings of common stock following our initial public offering by 50%; provided, however, that each of Ms. Tucker and Mr. Spanicciati has the right to sell a number of shares equal to up to 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock annually pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act. In November 2017, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 that registered the sale of 33,738,329 shares of our common stock then held by our Principal Stockholders, from time to time, in secondary offerings. In December 2017, certain of our Principal Stockholders sold an aggregate of 4,500,000 shares under the registration statement and the remaining 29,238,329 shares registered under the registration statement may be offered and sold without restriction under the Securities Act. Such shares may be offered from time to time in the open market, in block trades, in underwritten offerings or in any other transaction described in the related prospectus. All shares covered by the registration statement are immediately tradeable unless transferred to an affiliate of the Company

Sales of our common stock by our current stockholders may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

36


 

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of the company more difficult and may impede attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. Among other things:

 

we have authorized but unissued shares of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of stockholders;

 

we have a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

stockholder action by written consent will be prohibited from and after the date on which the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

for as long as the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of 60% of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class and at any time when the Principal Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws or of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class outstanding; and

 

stockholders are required to comply with advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; provided, however, that such advance notice procedures will not apply to the Principal Stockholders at any time such person or entity owns in the aggregate at least 10% of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the federal securities laws, and we have taken advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we have relied on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the last day of the fiscal year following the five-year anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of a fiscal year prior to the five-year anniversary, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

37


 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of the exchanges and other markets upon which our common stock is listed, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and are required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest substantial resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from business operations to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected

As a result of increased disclosure of information in the filings required in a public company, our business and financial condition has become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.  Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our stock price, which may never occur.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

38


 

Our amended and restated bylaws designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (4) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. The forum selection clause in our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in Los Angeles, California where we occupy approximately 89,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires in January 2024. We also occupy additional leased offices located in Chicago, Illinois; Atlanta, Georgia; New York, New York; London, the United Kingdom; Melbourne, Australia; Sydney, Australia; Paris, France; Johannesburg, South Africa; Frankfurt, Germany; Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Vancouver, Canada; Ede, Netherlands; Warsaw, Poland, Bucharest, Romania, and Singapore. We believe that our properties are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, to the extent we require additional space in the future, we believe that it would be readily available on commercially reasonable terms.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, from time to time, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of letters and other forms of communication. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, we are not a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects, cash flows, financial position or brand.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

 


39


 

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

Our common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BL” since October 28, 2016.  Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low intraday sales prices for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

$

31.40

 

 

$

25.95

 

 

*

 

 

 

*

 

Second Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

$

38.83

 

 

$

28.97

 

 

*

 

 

 

*

 

Third Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

$

40.28

 

 

$

28.79

 

 

*

 

 

 

*

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

$

39.00

 

 

$

32.67

 

 

$

28.77

 

 

 

$

21.66

 

*Prior to October 28, 2016 there was no public market for our common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On March 1, 2018, the last reported sales price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for our common stock was $43.81 per share.

Holders of Record

At March 1, 2018, there were 29 shareholders of record.  The number of record holders does not include beneficial holders who hold their shares in “street name,” meaning that the shares are held for their accounts by a broker or other nominee. Accordingly, we believe that the total number of beneficial holders is higher than the number of our shareholders of record.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid, any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance our operations and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

40


 

Stock Price Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The following graph compares (i) the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from October 28, 2016 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through December 31, 2017 with (ii) the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index over the same period, assuming the investment of $100 in our common stock and in both of the other indices on October 28, 2016 and the reinvestment of dividends.  The graph uses the closing market price on October 28, 2016 of $23.70 per share as the initial value of our common stock.  As discussed above, we have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and do not anticipate declaring or paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

*Returns are based on historical results and are not necessarily indicative of future performance.  See the disclosure in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plan

The information required by this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

 

 

41


 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

On September 3, 2013, we acquired BlackLine Systems, Inc. Prior to such Acquisition, we had no significant operations. As a result, the consolidated financial statements for the periods from January 1, 2013 to September 2, 2013 are presented as BlackLine Systems, Inc., which we refer to as the Predecessor, and all subsequent periods are presented as BlackLine, Inc., which we refer to as the Successor. The Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting as a result of the 2013 Acquisition and therefore are not comparable to the Predecessor financial statements. We refer to the period from January 1, 2013 to September 2, 2013 as the 2013 Predecessor Period and the period from September 3, 2013 to December 31, 2013 as the 2013 Successor Period.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from, and qualified by reference to, our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the 2013 Successor periods and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the 2013 Predecessor period is derived from the audited financial statements of the Predecessor not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

42


 

 

The selected consolidated financial data below are not necessarily indicative of future performance and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016(1)

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Successor

Period

 

 

 

Predecessor

Period

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

$

168,542

 

 

$

117,524

 

 

$

80,080

 

 

$

49,029

 

 

$

7,723

 

 

 

$

21,977

 

Professional services

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

5,599

 

 

 

3,527

 

 

 

2,648

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

 

1,407

 

Total revenues

 

 

177,031

 

 

 

123,123

 

 

 

83,607

 

 

 

51,677

 

 

 

8,583

 

 

 

 

23,384

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

 

33,631

 

 

 

25,900

 

 

 

19,773

 

 

 

14,380

 

 

 

4,346

 

 

 

 

4,442

 

Professional services

 

 

7,855

 

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

2,218

 

 

 

499

 

 

 

 

1,145

 

Total cost of revenues(2)(3)

 

 

41,486

 

 

 

30,211

 

 

 

22,729

 

 

 

16,598

 

 

 

4,845

 

 

 

 

5,587

 

Gross profit

 

 

135,545

 

 

 

92,912

 

 

 

60,878

 

 

 

35,079

 

 

 

3,738

 

 

 

 

17,797

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing(2)(3)

 

 

109,775

 

 

 

77,810

 

 

 

56,546

 

 

 

31,837

 

 

 

6,895

 

 

 

 

10,453

 

Research and development(2)

 

 

23,874

 

 

 

21,125

 

 

 

18,216

 

 

 

9,705

 

 

 

2,225

 

 

 

 

4,738

 

General and administrative(2)(3)(4)

 

 

36,956

 

 

 

26,329

 

 

 

20,928

 

 

 

11,716

 

 

 

2,827

 

 

 

 

6,978

 

Acquisition-related costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,634

 

 

 

 

5,586

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

170,605

 

 

 

126,846

 

 

 

95,690

 

 

 

53,258

 

 

 

13,581

 

 

 

 

27,755

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(35,060

)

 

 

(33,934

)

 

 

(34,812

)

 

 

(18,179

)

 

 

(9,843

)

 

 

 

(9,958

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,069

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(5,936

)

 

 

(3,215

)

 

 

(3,047

)

 

 

(781

)

 

 

 

(22

)

Change in fair value of the common

   stock warrant liability

 

 

(3,490

)

 

 

(5,880

)

 

 

(420

)

 

 

(3,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(2,434

)

 

 

(11,812

)

 

 

(3,635

)

 

 

(6,747

)

 

 

(781

)

 

 

 

(22

)

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(37,494

)

 

 

(45,746

)

 

 

(38,447

)

 

 

(24,926

)

 

 

(10,624

)

 

 

 

(9,980

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

567

 

 

 

(6,587

)

 

 

(13,713

)

 

 

(8,174

)

 

 

(3,954

)

 

 

 

21

 

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

 

$

(16,752

)

 

$

(6,670

)

 

 

$

(10,001

)

Basic net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

 

$

(0.42

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Shares used to calculate basic net loss per share

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

 

 

40,089

 

 

 

40,019

 

 

 

 

82,250

 

Diluted net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

 

$

(0.42

)

 

$

(0.17

)

 

 

$

(0.12

)

Shares used to calculate diluted net loss per share

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

 

 

40,089

 

 

 

40,019

 

 

 

 

82,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On August 31, 2016, we completed the Runbook Acquisition.  The Runbook Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.  The results of Runbook are included in our consolidated results of operations for the period subsequent to the acquisition date.  See Note 4 of notes to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

43


 

(2)

The following table presents stock-based compensation included in each respective expense category (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended  December 31,

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Successor

Period

 

 

 

Predecessor

Period

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

1,149

 

 

$

715

 

 

$

466

 

 

$

249

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

86

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

10,811

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,418

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

Research and development

 

 

767

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

588

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,317

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

$

16,044

 

 

$

6,526

 

 

$

5,497

 

 

$

2,017

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

The following table presents the amortization of intangible assets included in each respective expense category (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended  December 31,

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Successor

Period

 

 

 

Predecessor

Period

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

6,847

 

 

$

6,368

 

 

$

6,139

 

 

$

6,139

 

 

$

2,048

 

 

 

$

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,872

 

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

3,487

 

 

 

3,487

 

 

 

1,162

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

2,532

 

 

 

2,466

 

 

 

2,466

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,310

 

 

$

12,505

 

 

$

12,092

 

 

$

12,092

 

 

$

4,031

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

General and administrative expenses include increases (decreases) in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.6 million, $0.4 million, $41,000, and $(0.8) million, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

31,104

 

 

$

22,118

 

 

$

15,205

 

 

$

25,707

 

 

$

14,855

 

Marketable securities

 

 

81,476

 

 

 

83,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

440,884

 

 

 

420,437

 

 

 

286,750

 

 

 

285,550

 

 

 

275,025

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

106,903

 

 

 

80,360

 

 

 

52,750

 

 

 

34,574

 

 

 

17,328

 

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

 

 

912

 

 

 

2,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,267

 

 

 

25,673

 

 

 

23,132

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

294,628

 

 

 

291,410

 

 

 

166,168

 

 

 

183,947

 

 

 

193,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44


 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes set forth in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The following discussion also contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. See Part I, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the forward-looking statements contained below and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated in such forward-looking statements.

Overview

We have created a comprehensive cloud-based software platform designed to transform and modernize accounting and finance operations for organizations of all types and sizes. Our secure, scalable platform supports critical accounting processes such as the financial close, account reconciliations, intercompany accounting, and controls assurance. By introducing software to automate these processes and to enable them to function continuously, we empower our customers to improve the integrity of their financial reporting, increase efficiency in their accounting and finance processes and enhance real-time visibility into their operations.

At December 31, 2017, we had approximately 2,200 customers and approximately 196,000 users in over 150 countries exclusive of on-premise software. Additionally, we continue to build strategic relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms, business process outsourcers, and resellers.

We are a holding company and conduct our operations through our wholly-owned subsidiary, BlackLine Systems, Inc. (“BlackLine Systems”). BlackLine Systems funded its business with investments from our founder and cash flows from operations until September 3, 2013.  On September 3, 2013, we acquired BlackLine Systems, and Silver Lake Sumeru and Iconiq acquired a controlling interest in us, which we refer to as the “2013 Acquisition.” The 2013 Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under GAAP and resulted in a change in accounting basis as of the date of the 2013 Acquisition.

Our platform consists of eight core cloud-based products, including Transaction Matching, Account Reconciliations, Consolidation Integrity Manager, Daily Reconciliations, Journal Entry, Variance Analysis, Task Management and Insights. Customers typically purchase these products in packages that we refer to as solutions, but they have the option to purchase these products individually. Current solutions include Balance Sheet Integrity, Close Process Management, Accounting Process Automation, Finance Transformation, Intercompany Hub and Smart Close.

We derived approximately 95% of our revenue from subscriptions to our cloud-based software platform and approximately 5% from professional services for the year ended December 31, 2017. The majority of subscriptions are sold through one-year non-cancellable contracts, with a growing percentage of subscriptions sold through three-year contracts. We price our subscriptions based on a number of factors, primarily the number of users having access to the products and the number of products purchased by the customer. Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the customer agreement. The first year of subscription fees are typically payable within 30 days after execution of a contract, and thereafter upon renewal.

Professional services consist of implementation and consulting services. Although our platform is ready to use immediately after a new customer has access to it, we typically help customers implement our solutions for a fixed fee, which is initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a proportional performance basis as the services are performed. We also provide consulting services to help customers optimize the use of our products. We charge customers for our consulting services on a time-and-materials basis and we recognize that revenue as services are performed.

We typically invoice customers annually in advance for annual and multi-year subscriptions and invoice in advance or on a time-and-materials basis for professional services. We record amounts invoiced for portions of annual subscription periods that have not occurred or services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet.

We sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales force, which leverages our relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms and business process outsourcers. In particular, we have a strategic relationship with SAP.  Our solution is an SAP endorsed business solution that integrates with SAP’s ERP solutions.  Under our agreement with SAP, which we entered into in 2013, we pay SAP a fee based on a percentage of revenues from our new customers that use an SAP ERP system. We continue to pay SAP a fee for these customers over the term of their subscription

45


 

agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, revenues from our customers that use an SAP ERP solution accounted for $33.3 million, or 19%, $20.7 million, or 17%, and $9.4 million, or 11%, respectively, of our total revenues.

We target our sales and marketing efforts at both enterprise and mid-market businesses. We define the enterprise market as companies with greater than $500 million in annual revenue, and we define mid-market as companies with between $50 and $500 million in annual revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, sales to enterprise and mid-market customers represented 84% and 16% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, sales to enterprise and mid-market customers represented 85% and 15% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, sales to enterprise and mid-market customers represented 86% and 14% of our revenues, respectively.  Additionally, we target our efforts at both new customers and existing customers. Existing customers may renew their subscriptions and broaden the deployment of our platform across their organizations by increasing the number of users accessing our platform or by adding additional products.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, our dollar-based net revenue retention rate declined primarily due to lower net growth in our existing customer accounts as we continue to focus on selling larger initial contract sizes.  Our ability to maximize the lifetime value of our customer relationships will depend, in part, on the willingness of the customer to purchase additional user licenses and products from us.  We rely on our sales and customer success teams to support and grow our existing customers by maintaining high customer satisfaction and educating the customer on the value all our products provide.

The length of our sales cycle depends on the size of the potential customer and contract, as well as the type of solution or product being purchased. The sales cycle for our global enterprise customers is generally longer than that of our mid-market customers.  In addition, the length of the sales cycle tends to increase for larger contracts and for more complex, strategic products like Intercompany Hub.  As we continue to focus on increasing our average contract size and selling more strategic products, we expect our sales cycle to lengthen and become less predictable, which could cause variability in our results for any particular period.

We have historically signed a higher percentage of agreements with new customers, as well as renewal agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually during the last month of the quarter. This can be attributed to buying patterns typical in the software industry. As the terms of most of our customer agreements are measured in full year increments, agreements initially entered into the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years. This seasonality is reflected in our revenues, though the impact to overall annual or quarterly revenues is minimal due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the customer contract.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we had revenues of $177.0 million, $123.1 million and $83.6 million respectively, and we incurred net losses of $38.1 million, $39.2 million, and $24.7 million, respectively.

We will adopt ASC 606 in the first quarter of 2018 using the retrospective method, which will result in the retrospective adjustment of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The adoption of this new standard will impact how we account for certain of our revenue arrangements and for sales commissions. See “Significant Accounting Policies - Recent accounting pronouncements” in Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

On November 2, 2016, we completed our initial public offering and raised net proceeds of approximately $151.9 million and used $67.7 million of the proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit facility.

Runbook Acquisition

On August 31, 2016, we completed our acquisition of Runbook Company B.V., or Runbook, a Netherlands-based provider of financial close automation software and integration solutions for SAP customers, or the Runbook Acquisition. We acquired Runbook to enhance the connectivity and integration of our platform to SAP and other systems. We believe this acquisition enhances our position as a leading provider of software solutions to automate the financial close process for SAP customers and supports our European expansion strategy.

The aggregate purchase consideration of $34.1 million for the Runbook Acquisition was paid in cash on the acquisition date. The purchase consideration is subject to a final working capital adjustment, which has not yet been

46


 

finalized. Any adjustment will be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in the period of settlement. The estimated purchased working capital included approximately $2.6 million in cash. We amended our credit facility to add an additional term loan pursuant to which we borrowed $30.0 million and used the proceeds and cash on hand to fund the acquisition. In connection with our initial public offering, we repaid all amounts outstanding under the term loan.  We incurred $1.6 million in transaction costs and fees to complete the Runbook Acquisition.

Runbook’s revenues consist of license fees associated with the sale of its on-premise software, post-contract support, and professional services required to implement its solutions and train its customers.

Factors Affecting Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including those described below. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to achieve successful results. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” If we are unable to address these challenges, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Expansion and Further Penetration of Our Customer Base.    We employ a “land-and-expand” sales strategy that focuses on efficiently acquiring new customers and growing our relationships with existing customers over time. We believe significant opportunity exists for us to acquire new customers in both the enterprise and mid-market segments across all geographies, as well as expand the use of our platform by selling additional products and increasing the number of users within our current customers’ organizations.

Investment in Growth.    We plan to continue to invest in our business so that we can capitalize on our market opportunity. We intend to continue to grow our global sales and marketing team to acquire new customers and to increase sales to existing customers. We intend to continue to grow our research and development team to extend the functionality and range of our applications to bring new and improved solutions to accounting and finance. However, we expect our sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues to decrease over time as we grow our revenues and gain economies of scale by increasing our customer base and increase sales to our existing customer base. We believe that these investments will contribute to our long-term growth, although they may adversely affect our profitability in the near term.

Leveraging Strategic Relationships.    We plan to continue to strengthen and expand our relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms, business process outsourcers, and resellers. These relationships enable us to increase the speed of deployment and offer a wider range of integrated services to our customers. We intend to support these existing relationships, seek additional relationships and further expand our channel of resellers to help us increase our presence in existing markets and to expand into new markets. Our business and results of operations will be significantly affected by our success in leveraging and expanding these relationships.

Market Adoption of Our Platform.    A key focus of our sales and marketing efforts is creating market awareness about the benefits of our cloud-based SaaS platform. The market for SaaS solutions for accounting and finance is less mature than the market for on-premise accounting and finance software applications, and potential customers may be slow or unwilling to migrate from their legacy solutions such as spreadsheets, manual processes or home grown solutions. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand, the future growth rate and size of the SaaS platform for accounting and finance market or the entry of competitive solutions. Our business and operating results will be significantly affected by the degree to, and speed with, which organizations adopt our solutions.

Key Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions.  Each of the metrics below exclude the impact of on-premise software.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Dollar-based net revenue retention rate

 

 

112

%

 

 

116

%

 

 

120

%

Number of customers (at end of period)

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

1,338

 

Number of users (at end of period)

 

 

196,612

 

 

 

166,903

 

 

 

128,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47


 

Dollar-based net revenue retention rate.  We believe that dollar-based net revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of customer agreements and our ability to retain and grow our relationships with existing customers over time.  We calculate dollar-based net revenue retention rate as the implied monthly subscription and support revenue at the end of a period for the base set of customers from which we generated subscription revenue in the year prior to the calculation, divided by the implied monthly subscription and support revenue one year prior to the date of calculation for that same customer base.  This calculation does not reflect implied monthly subscription and support revenue for new customers added during the one-year period but does include the effect of customers who terminated during the period.  We define implied monthly subscription and support revenue as the total amount of minimum subscription and support revenue contractually committed to, under each of our customer agreements over the entire term of the agreement, divided by the number of months in the term of the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our dollar-based net revenue retention rate declined primarily due to lower net growth in our existing customer accounts as we continue to focus on selling larger initial contract sizes.  Our ability to maximize the lifetime value of our customer relationships will depend, in part, on the willingness of the customer to purchase additional user licenses and products from us.  We rely on our sales and customer success teams to support and grow our existing customers by maintaining high customer satisfaction and educating the customer on the value all our products provide.

Number of customers.  We believe that our ability to expand our customer base is an indicator of our market penetration and the growth of our business.  We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription agreement as of the measurement date.  In situations where an organization has multiple subsidiaries or divisions, each entity that is invoiced as a separate entity is treated as a separate customer.  However, where an existing customer requests its invoice be divided for the sole purpose of restructuring its internal billing arrangement without any incremental increase in revenue, such customer continues to be treated as a single customer.  For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues.

Number of users.  Since our customers generally pay fees based on the number of users of our platform within their organization, we believe the total number of users is an indicator of the growth of our business. We are also beginning to sell an increasing number of non-user based strategic products.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenues

Subscription and support.    The majority of subscriptions are sold through one-year non-cancellable contracts and a growing percentage of subscriptions are sold through three-year contracts. Fees are based on a number of factors, including the number of users having access to the products and the number of products purchased by the customer. The first year of subscription fees are typically payable within 30 days after execution of a contract, and thereafter upon renewal. We initially record the subscription fees as deferred revenue and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. At any time during the subscription period, customers may increase their number of users and add products. Additional fees are payable for the remainder of the initial or renewed contract term. Customers may only reduce their number of users or subscription to products upon renewal of their arrangement. Revenues from subscriptions to our cloud-based software platform comprised approximately 95% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Subscription and support revenues also include revenues associated with sales of on-premise software licenses and related support.  Prior to our migration to SaaS in 2012, we licensed our legacy on-premise software. We no longer develop any new applications or functionality for our legacy on-premise software, but we continue to provide post-contract support to one customer that had not migrated to our SaaS solution at December 31, 2017.

On August 31, 2016, we acquired Runbook.  We plan to migrate Runbook’s Smart Close product to a cloud-based platform, but we continue to sell Runbook’s on-premise software to existing Runbook customers and provide post-contract support and implementation services.

Revenues recognized from sales of software licenses, support and implementation services related to software arrangements comprised 5%, less than 1%, and 1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Professional services.    We offer our customers implementation and consulting services. Although our platform is ready to use immediately after a new customer has access to it, we typically help customers implement our solutions for a fixed fee and we recognize revenue over the period such services are performed. We also provide consulting and training services to help customers optimize the use of our products. We charge customers for our consulting and training

48


 

services on a time-and-materials basis and we recognize revenue as services are performed. Professional services revenues comprised approximately 5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.

For a description of our revenue accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

Commencing in 2018, we will adopt ASC 606, which will change the timing of when we recognize revenue for certain of our revenue arrangements.  See “Significant Accounting Policies - Recent accounting pronouncements” in Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Cost of Revenues

Subscription and support cost of revenues.    Subscription and support cost of revenues primarily consists of amortization of developed technology costs resulting from the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition, salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our hosting operations and support personnel, data center costs related to hosting our cloud-based software, and amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs. We also allocate a portion of overhead to subscription and support cost of revenues.

Professional services costs of revenues.    Costs associated with providing professional services primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our implementation personnel. These costs are expensed as incurred when the services are performed. We also allocate a portion of overhead to professional services cost of revenues.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing.    Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including salaries, sales commissions and incentives, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, travel and related costs, commissions paid in connection with our strategic relationships, outside consulting fees, marketing programs, including lead generation, costs of our annual conference, advertising, and trade shows, other event expenses, and allocated overhead costs. Sales and marketing expenses also include amortization of customer relationship intangible assets. We defer sales and partner commissions and amortize them ratably over the non-cancelable term of the corresponding subscription agreement. In connection with the adoption of the ASC 606, direct costs to acquire a customer will be recognized over an estimated period of benefit of five years rather than over the non-cancelable contract term under current guidance.  Accordingly, as we have elected to adopt ASC 606 using the retrospective method then we expect to record a reduction in annual sales and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 when compared to the accounting under the current guidance.  Upon adoption of ASC 606, we expect the annual trend in sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase as we expand our direct sales teams and increase sales through our strategic relationships and resellers.

Research and development.    Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our engineering, product and quality assurance personnel and allocated overhead costs. Research and development expenses also include the cost of third-party contractors. Other than internal-use software development costs that qualify for capitalization, research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect research and development costs to increase as we develop new solutions and make improvements to our existing platform.

General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with our executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, accounting, auditing and legal professional services fees, recruitment costs, other corporate-related expenses, and allocated overhead costs. General and administrative expenses also include amortization of covenant not to compete and tradename intangible assets, as well as acquisition-related costs to business combinations and the change in fair value of contingent consideration. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase as we incur the costs of compliance associated with being a publicly-traded company, including legal, audit and consulting fees.

Interest Income

Interest income primarily consists of earnings on our cash and cash equivalents and our marketable securities.

49


 

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense from borrowings under our credit facility and amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs.  We repaid in full all outstanding debt and terminated our credit facility in November 2016. In connection with the termination of our credit facility, we expensed the then-unamortized debt discounts and issuance costs.

Change in Fair Value of Common Stock Warrant Liability

We issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our credit facility. The warrants were measured at fair value each period, with changes in fair value recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. The stock warrants were exercised in May 2017 and, accordingly, there will be no further changes in the fair value recorded in our results of operations.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States and taxes in foreign jurisdictions. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse.

We record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets to the extent that realization of the deferred tax assets, including consideration of our deferred tax liabilities, is not more likely than not.  For the year ended December 31, 2017, for both federal and state income taxes, our deferred assets exceeded our deferred tax liabilities and because of our recent history of operating losses we believe that the realization of the deferred tax assets is currently not more likely than not.  Accordingly, we have recorded a valuation allowance against our federal and state deferred tax assets.  Taxes for international operations are not material for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the non-GAAP measures below are useful to us and our investors in evaluating our business. These non-GAAP financial measures are useful because they provide consistency and comparability with our past performance, facilitate period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

GAAP revenues

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,123

 

 

$

83,607

 

GAAP gross profit

 

$

135,545

 

 

$

92,912

 

 

$

60,878

 

GAAP gross margin

 

 

76.6

%

 

 

75.5

%

 

 

72.8

%

GAAP net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP revenues

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,839

 

 

$

83,607

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

 

$

143,541

 

 

$

100,711

 

 

$

67,483

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

 

 

81.1

%

 

 

81.3

%

 

 

80.7

%

Non-GAAP net loss

 

$

(3,136

)

 

$

(16,478

)

 

$

(20,114

)

 

Non-GAAP Revenues. Non-GAAP revenues are defined as GAAP revenues adjusted for the impact of purchase accounting resulting from the Runbook Acquisition.  Upon the completion of the Runbook Acquisition, deferred revenue was recorded at fair value, resulting in a reduction from its then carrying value.  The reduction associated with the Runbook Acquisition resulted in reduced revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016.  We believe that presenting

50


 

non-GAAP revenues is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of the purchase accounting adjustment to revenues to allow for a direct comparison of revenues between periods.

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin.  Non-GAAP gross profit is defined as non-GAAP revenues less GAAP cost of revenue adjusted for the impact of purchase accounting resulting from the Runbook Acquisition, the amortization of acquired developed technology resulting from the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition, and stock-based compensation. Non-GAAP gross margin is defined as non-GAAP gross profit divided by non-GAAP revenues. We believe that presenting non-GAAP gross margin is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash expenses and allows a direct comparison of gross margin between periods.

Non-GAAP Net Loss. Non-GAAP net loss is defined as GAAP net loss adjusted for the impact of the benefit from income taxes that we were able to recognize as a result of the deferred tax liabilities associated with the intangible assets established upon the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition, the impact of purchase accounting to revenues resulting from the Runbook Acquisition, amortization of acquired intangible assets resulting from the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition, stock-based compensation, accretion of debt discount pertaining to our credit facility, accretion of warrant discount relating to warrants issued in connection with our credit facility, the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, the change in fair value of the common stock warrant liability, acquisition-related costs for the Runbook Acquisition, cost incurred in relation to our secondary offering and cost incurred relating to our shelf offering.  We believe that presenting non-GAAP net loss is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of items that have been impacted by the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition, purchase accounting and other related costs in order to allow a direct comparison of net loss between current and future periods.

51


 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table presents a reconciliation of revenues, gross profit, gross margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measures, to non-GAAP revenues, non-GAAP gross profit, non-GAAP gross margin and non-GAAP net loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,123

 

 

$

83,607

 

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenues

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

Total Non-GAAP revenues

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,839

 

 

$

83,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

$

135,545

 

 

$

92,912

 

 

$

60,878

 

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenues

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

Amortization of developed technology

 

 

6,847

 

 

 

6,368

 

 

 

6,139

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

1,149

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

466

 

Total Non-GAAP gross profit

 

$

143,541

 

 

$

100,711

 

 

$

67,483

 

Gross margin

 

 

76.6

%

 

 

75.5

%

 

 

72.8

%

Non-GAAP gross margin

 

 

81.1

%

 

 

81.3

%

 

 

80.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Net Loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

(174

)

 

 

(6,956

)

 

 

(13,934

)

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenues

 

 

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

13,310

 

 

 

12,505

 

 

 

12,092

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

16,044

 

 

 

6,526

 

 

 

5,497

 

Accretion of debt discount

 

 

 

 

 

1,303

 

 

 

228

 

Accretion of warrant discount

 

 

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

276

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

628

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

41

 

Change in fair value of the common stock

   warrant liability

 

 

3,490

 

 

 

5,880

 

 

 

420

 

Acquisition-related costs

 

 

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

 

Secondary offering costs

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shelf offering costs

 

 

818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-GAAP net loss

 

$

(3,136

)

 

$

(16,478

)

 

$

(20,114

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated statements of operations data, which should be read in conjunction with Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates, Liquidity and Capital Resources, and Contractual Obligations and Commitments included in this Item 7, as well as Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated statements of operations information was as follows (in thousands):

52


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

$

168,542

 

 

$

117,524

 

 

$

80,080

 

Professional services

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

5,599

 

 

 

3,527

 

Total revenues

 

 

177,031

 

 

 

123,123

 

 

 

83,607

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

 

33,631

 

 

 

25,900

 

 

 

19,773

 

Professional services

 

 

7,855

 

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

2,956

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

41,486

 

 

 

30,211

 

 

 

22,729

 

Gross profit

 

 

135,545

 

 

 

92,912

 

 

 

60,878

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

109,775

 

 

 

77,810

 

 

 

56,546

 

Research and development

 

 

23,874

 

 

 

21,125

 

 

 

18,216

 

General and administrative

 

 

36,956

 

 

 

27,911

 

 

 

20,928

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

170,605

 

 

 

126,846

 

 

 

95,690

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(35,060

)

 

 

(33,934

)

 

 

(34,812

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,069

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(5,936

)

 

 

(3,215

)

Change in fair value of the common

   stock warrant liability

 

 

(3,490

)

 

 

(5,880

)

 

 

(420

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(2,434

)

 

 

(11,812

)

 

 

(3,635

)

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(37,494

)

 

 

(45,746

)

 

 

(38,447

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

567

 

 

 

(6,587

)

 

 

(13,713

)

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Revenues

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Subscription and support

 

$

168,542

 

 

$

117,524

 

 

$

51,018

 

 

 

43

%

Professional services

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

5,599

 

 

 

2,890

 

 

 

52

%

Total revenues

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,123

 

 

$

53,908

 

 

 

44

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Dollar-based net revenue retention rate*

 

 

112

%

 

 

116

%

Number of customers (at end of period)*

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

1,758

 

Number of users (at end of period)*

 

 

196,612

 

 

 

166,903

 

* Exclusive of on-premise software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to an increase in the number of customers, an increase in the number of users added by existing customers and an increase in the number of products purchased by existing customers in the period.  The total number of customers and users increased by 26% and 18%, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2017.

53


 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Subscription and support

 

$

33,631

 

 

$

25,900

 

 

$

7,731

 

 

 

30

%

Professional services

 

 

7,855

 

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

3,544

 

 

 

82

%

Total cost of revenues

 

$

41,486

 

 

$

30,211

 

 

$

11,275

 

 

 

37

%

Gross margin

 

 

76.6

%

 

 

75.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to a $7.2 million increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation; a $1.0 million increase in amortization of developed technology; a $0.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization;  a $0.8 million increase in data center costs; a $0.6 million increase in overhead-related expenses; a $0.5 million increase in computer software expenses; and a $0.3 million increase in travel-related costs. Salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation increased primarily due to growth in headcount, which increased by 13% between December 31, 2016 and 2017. Amortization of our capitalized software development costs increased due to larger total capitalized costs as we expanded the functionality of our solutions.  Amortization of developed technology increased due to the Runbook Acquisition, which closed on August 31, 2016.

Gross margin remained relatively flat during the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

109,775

 

 

$

77,810

 

 

$

31,965

 

 

 

41

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

62.0

%

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to a $13.5 million increase in salaries, sales commissions and incentives; a $8.3 million increase in stock-based compensation; a $4.1 million increase in advertising and trade show expenses; a $3.7 million increase in commissions payable to third-party partners; a $1.1 million increase in travel-related costs; a $0.7 million increase in overhead-related expenses; a $0.5 million increase in computer software expenses; and a $0.3 million increase in depreciation and amortization. These increases were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in professional services expense. The increase in salaries, sales commissions and incentives was primarily driven by an increase in headcount and revenue growth. Our sales and marketing headcount increased by 32% between December 31, 2016 and 2017. The increase in our stock-based compensation was primarily related to modifications made to Australian stock option awards in the quarter ended September 30, 2017. The increases in commissions payable to third party-partners was primarily driven by the expansion of our relationships with technology vendors, including SAP.  The increase in advertising and trade shows was primarily due to an increase in our marketing efforts.  Travel-related costs have increased due to the expansion of our sales organization.

Research and development

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Research and development

 

$

23,874

 

 

$

21,125

 

 

$

2,749

 

 

 

13

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

13.5

%

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to a $3.1 million increase in salaries and benefits; a $0.7 million increase in professional services expense, and a $0.2 million increase in travel-related costs, partially offset by a $1.5 million

54


 

decrease in capitalized software costs. Our research and development headcount increased by 9% between December 31, 2016 and 2017.

General and administrative

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

General and administrative

 

$

36,956

 

 

$

27,911

 

 

$

9,045

 

 

 

32

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

20.9

%

 

 

22.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to a $4.2 million increase in professional services expense; a $4.1 million increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation; a $0.9 million increase in non-income taxes; a $0.6 million increase in depreciation and amortization; and a $0.5 million increase in bad debt expenses. The increase in professional services expense comprised primarily of legal, accounting and consulting costs associated with being a public company and costs associated with the secondary offering that was completed in the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and the shelf offering that was completed in the quarter ended December 31, 2017. The increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation was primarily driven by a 37% increase in our general and administrative headcount between December 31, 2016 and 2017. The increase in bad debt expenses was primarily related to older receivables for on-premise license receivables. The increases in general and administrative expenses were partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in foreign currency gains primarily related to foreign-denominated cash and the timing of accounts receivable settlements between quarters.

Interest income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

Interest income

 

$

1,069

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

1,065

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*     Not meaningful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was due to interest earned from investments in marketable securities.  In November 2016, we completed our initial public offering and used a portion of the proceeds to invest in marketable securities.

Interest expense

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Interest expense

 

$

13

 

 

$

5,936

 

 

$

(5,923

)

 

 

(100

%)

 

The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was due to the termination of our credit facility and associated repayment of term loans in November 2016.

Change in fair value of common stock warrant liability

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Change in fair value of common stock warrant liability

 

$

(3,490

)

 

$

(5,880

)

 

$

2,390

 

 

 

(41

%)

 

55


 

We valued our common stock warrants using a binomial lattice model.  The primary input into the binomial lattice model was the fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock increased by approximately 26% between January 1, 2017 and May 26, 2017, the date the warrants were exercised, increasing our common stock liability by $3.5 million. The stock warrants were exercised on May 26, 2017 and, accordingly, there will be no further changes in the fair value recorded through earnings.

Provision for (benefit) from income taxes

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

$

567

 

 

$

(6,587

)

 

$

7,154

 

 

 

(109

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States and taxes in foreign jurisdictions. Our annual estimated effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34% primarily as a result of state taxes, foreign taxes, and changes in our valuation allowance for domestic income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded $0.6 million in income tax expense, compared with a $6.6 million income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, deferred tax liabilities arising from our 2013 Acquisition and our Runbook Acquisition were an available source of income to realize a portion of our deferred tax assets, including our U.S. losses, resulting in the recognition of an income tax benefit during that period.  As of December 31, 2016, our U.S. deferred assets exceeded our U.S. deferred tax liabilities and given the uncertainty regarding the realizability of our U.S. deferred tax assets, we recorded a full valuation allowance against all our U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we continued to maintain a full valuation allowance on our U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as it was more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily related to our international operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Subscription and support

 

$

117,524

 

 

$

80,080

 

 

$

37,444

 

 

 

47

%

Professional services

 

 

5,599

 

 

 

3,527

 

 

 

2,072

 

 

 

59

%

Total revenues

 

$

123,123

 

 

$

83,607

 

 

$

39,516

 

 

 

47

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Dollar-based net revenue retention rate*

 

 

116

%

 

 

120

%

Number of customers (at end of period)*

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

1,338

 

Number of users (at end of period)*

 

 

166,903

 

 

 

128,726

 

* Exclusive of on-premise software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to an increase in the number of customers, an increase in the number of users added by existing customers and an increase in the number of products purchased by existing customers.  The total number of customers increased by 31% during the year ended December 31, 2016.  The total number of users increased by 30% during the year ended December 31, 2016.

56


 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Subscription and support

 

$

25,900

 

 

$

19,773

 

 

$

6,127

 

 

 

31

%

Professional services

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

1,355

 

 

 

46

%

Total cost of revenues

 

$

30,211

 

 

$

22,729

 

 

$

7,482

 

 

 

33

%

Gross margin

 

 

75.5

%

 

 

72.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to a $5.6 million increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation and a $0.8 million increase in amortization of capitalized software costs.  Salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation increased primarily due to growth in headcount, which increased by 45% between December 31, 2015 and 2016.  Amortization of our capitalized software development costs increased due to larger total capitalized costs as we expanded the functionality of our solutions.

Our gross margin was 75.5% and 72.8% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The improvement in gross margin in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily the result of amortization of developed technology associated with the 2013 Acquisition and included in our cost of revenues, which is a fixed cost each period.  Accordingly, an increase in revenues resulted in an improvement in our gross margin.  The improvement in gross margin was partially offset by the amortization expense of acquired developed technology associated with the Runbook Acquisition in August 2016.  

Sales and marketing

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

77,810

 

 

$

56,546

 

 

$

21,264

 

 

 

38

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

63.2

%

 

 

67.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to a $12.2 million increase in salaries, sales commissions and incentives and stock-based compensation, a $3.0 million increase in commissions expense for third parties that refer customers to us, a $1.1 million increase in travel and related costs, a $1.1 million increase in advertising and trade shows, and a $0.7 million increase in outside consulting fees.  The increase in salaries, sales commissions and incentives and stock-based compensation was primarily driven by an increase in headcount and revenue growth.  Our sales and marketing headcount increased by 31% between December 31, 2015 and 2016.  The increase in commissions payable to third parties was primarily driven by revenue growth associated with our relationship with SAP as an endorsed business solution.  The increase in advertising and trade shows was primarily due to an increase in our marketing efforts.  The increase in consulting fees was primarily due to an increase in digital marketing services.

Research and development

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Research and development

 

$

21,125

 

 

$

18,216

 

 

$

2,909

 

 

 

16

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation due to an increase in headcount and a $1.2 million increase in services provided by third-party contractors.  These increases were partially offset by an increase in capitalized costs related to software development of $1.1 million.  Our research and development headcount increased by 38% between December 31, 2015 and 2016.  Costs of third-party

57


 

contractors increased by 27% between 2015 and 2016.  The additional headcount and number of third-party contractors were used to further maintain, enhance and develop our platform.

General and administrative

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

General and administrative

 

$

27,911

 

 

$

20,928

 

 

$

6,983

 

 

 

33

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

22.7

%

 

 

25.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to a $3.9 million increase in salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation due to an increase in headcount of 30% between December 31, 2015 and 2016, a $0.9 million increase in computer software expenses, a $0.5 million increase in professional services costs due primarily to a $1.6 million increase in legal, accounting and auditing fees related to the Runbook Acquisition largely offset by a reduction of $1.1 million in initial public offering readiness fees and recruitment costs, and a $0.4 million increase in foreign exchange transaction losses due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar.  In addition, our general and administrative costs in 2016 increased by $0.3 million relating to the change in fair value of contingent consideration.  There was no significant change in contingent consideration during 2015.

Interest income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

Interest income

 

$

4

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

4

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*     Not meaningful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, remained relatively flat.

Interest expense

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Interest expense

 

$

(5,936

)

 

$

(3,215

)

 

$

(2,721

)

 

 

85

%

 

The increase in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in the accretion and write-off of debt issuance costs associated with borrowings under our credit facility, a $0.7 million prepayment penalty for early termination of our credit facility, and a $0.6 million increase in interest expense primarily due to a $30.0 million term loan under our credit facility issued to fund the Runbook Acquisition in August 2016.

Change in fair value of common stock warrant liability

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

Change in fair value of common stock warrant liability

 

$

(5,880

)

 

$

(420

)

 

$

(5,460

)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*     Not meaningful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58


 

 

We valued our common stock warrants using a binomial lattice model. The primary input into the binomial lattice model was the fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock increased by approximately 84% between December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, resulting in a $5.9 million, or 107%, increase in our common stock warrant liability.

Benefit from income taxes

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Benefit from income taxes

 

$

(6,587

)

 

$

(13,713

)

 

$

7,126

 

 

 

(52

%)

Our effective tax rate was 14.4% in 2016 and 35.7% in 2015.  The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34% in 2016 primarily because of our full valuation allowance on our federal and state deferred tax assets, expenses not deductible for income tax purposes including the change in fair value of common stock warrants, state taxes net of federal benefit, acquisition-related costs, and other tax credits.  We record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets to the extent that realization of the deferred tax assets, including consideration of our deferred tax liabilities, is not more likely than not.  For 2016, our federal and state deferred tax assets exceeded our deferred tax liabilities and given our cumulative losses, we believe that it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.  Accordingly, we recorded a valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets.  In 2015, we recorded a valuation allowance on our State of California deferred tax assets as these deferred tax assets exceeded our State of California deferred tax liabilities.  Taxes for our international operations were not material in 2016 and 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity were $112.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, which primarily consist of short-term, investment-grade commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. treasury securities, and asset-backed securities.  We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities and cash from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs, capital expenditures and financing obligations for at least the next 12 months.  

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the expansion of our direct sales force, strategic relationships and international operations, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We may require additional equity or debt financing. Sales of additional equity could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we raise funds by borrowing from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements would require us to incur interest expense and may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility. We can provide no assurance that financing will be available at all or, if available, that we could be able to obtain financing on terms favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we would be required to curtail our operating activities and capital expenditures, and our business operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Historical Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

6,424

 

 

$

(4,808

)

 

$

1,006

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(7,031

)

 

$

(119,674

)

 

$

(12,367

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

9,593

 

 

$

131,395

 

 

$

859

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Operating Activities

Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support anticipated growth. In recent periods, our net loss has generally been significantly greater than our use of cash for operating activities due to our subscription-based revenue model in which billings occur in

59


 

advance of revenue recognition, as well as the substantial amount of non-cash charges which we incur.  Non-cash charges primarily include depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, non-cash interest expense related to accretion and write-off of debt discounts, paid in kind interest, and deferred taxes.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash provided by operations was $6.4 million resulting from net non-cash expenses of $40.8 million and net cash flow provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $3.7 million, largely offset by our net loss of $38.1 million. The $3.7 million of net cash flows provided as a result of changes in our operating assets and liabilities reflected a $25.1 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth of our customer and user base, which are billed in advance of our revenue recognition; a $2.1 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities; and a $0.9 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current liabilities. This change in our operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $19.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to the growth of our customer and user base; a $4.0 million increase in deferred sales commissions due to an increase in revenues; a $0.3 million increase in other assets; and a $0.2 million decrease in other long-term liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash used in operations was $4.8 million, resulting from our net loss of $39.2 million and a $6.4 million payment for paid-in-kind interest, largely offset by net cash flows provided through changes in net non-cash expenses of $27.3 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $13.4 million.  The $13.4 million of net cash flows provided as a result of changes in our operating assets and liabilities reflected a $29.5 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth of our customer and user base, which are billed in advance of our revenue recognition, a $3.9 million increase in accrued expenses primarily associated with increases in employee-related accruals as a result of increases in headcount and bonuses, and a $3.5 million increase in accounts payable associated with the growth of the business.  The changes in our operating assets and liabilities were partially offset by a $15.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to the growth of our customer and user base, a $3.4 million increase in deferred sales commissions due to an increase in revenue, a $3.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due primarily to increases in prepaid software subscriptions and insurance recognized to expense over a period of one year or less, and a $1.2 million decrease in other long-term liabilities due primarily to amortization of leasehold improvement allowances and free rent periods associated with the expansion of our corporate headquarters.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash provided by operations was $1.0 million, resulting from our net loss of $24.7 million, largely offset by net cash flows provided through changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $16.4 million and net non-cash expenses of $9.4 million. The $16.4 million of net cash flows provided as a result of changes in our operating assets and liabilities reflected a $18.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth of our customer and user base, which are billed in advance of our revenue recognition, a $6.8 million increase in accrued expenses primarily associated with increases in employee-related accruals as a result of increases in headcount and bonuses, and professional services costs, a $2.0 million increase in other long-term liabilities primarily related to deferred rent due to the leasehold improvement allowances and free rent periods associated with the expansion of our corporate headquarters, and a $1.1 million increase in accounts payable associated with the growth of our business. The changes in our operating assets and liabilities were partially offset by a $6.2 million increase in accounts receivable due to the growth of our customer and user base and a $4.3 million increase in deferred sales commissions due to an increase in revenues.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of investments in and maturities of marketable securities, capital expenditures for property and equipment and capitalized software development costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in investing activities was $7.0 million as a result of $4.6 million in payments of costs related to capitalized software development activities and $4.0 million in purchases of property and equipment, partially offset by $1.6 million in proceeds from maturities of marketable securities, net of purchases.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash used in investing activities was $119.7 million as a result of $83.2 million of investments in marketable securities, which are primarily comprised of U.S. Treasury and corporate bonds, and the Runbook Acquisition, with a total purchase price of $34.1 million, partially offset by cash acquired in the amount of $2.6 million, $3.3 million in capitalized software development costs and $1.7 million of purchases of property and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities was $12.4 million as a result of $10.1 million in purchases of property and equipment of which $7.1 million related to the expansion of our global headquarters. During 2015, we also paid $2.3 million of costs related to capitalized software development activities.

60


 

Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $9.6 million primarily as a result of $10.3 million of proceeds from the exercises of stock options, partially offset by $0.5 million of principal payments on capital lease obligations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by financing activities was $131.4 million as a result of the successful completion of our initial public offering, which resulted in proceeds of $151.9 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses, including $4.4 million in cash paid for deferred offering costs; $34.3 million in proceeds under our credit facility, $3.1 million in proceeds from our issuance of common stock to former employees of Runbook Company B.V.; and $2.9 million in proceeds from exercise of stock options, partially offset by the termination of our credit facility in November 2016 and the associated repayment of term loans and prepayment penalties in the amount of $60.7 million.  

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $0.9 million as a result of $1.4 million in proceeds from exercises of stock options, partially offset by $0.5 million in principal payments on capital lease obligations.

Backlog

We enter into both single and multi-year subscription contracts for our solutions. The timing of our invoices to the customer is a negotiated term and thus varies among our subscription contracts. For multi-year agreements, it is common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing followed by subsequent annual invoices. At any point in the contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced, they are not recorded in revenues, deferred revenue or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements and are considered by us to be backlog. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had backlog of approximately $120.4 million and $78.7 million, respectively. We expect backlog will change from period to period for several reasons, including the timing and duration of customer agreements, varying billing cycles of subscription agreements, and the timing and duration of customer renewals. Because revenue for any period is a function of revenue recognized from deferred revenue under contracts in existence at the beginning of the period, as well as contract renewals and new customer contracts during the period, backlog at the beginning of any period is not necessarily indicative of future revenue performance. We do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1-3 Years

 

 

3-5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Operating lease obligations (1)

 

$

21,157

 

 

$

5,380

 

 

$

7,672

 

 

$

5,229

 

 

$

2,876

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

1,664

 

 

 

790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

442

 

 

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

24,053

 

 

$

7,486

 

 

$

8,462

 

 

$

5,229

 

 

$

2,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating leases include total future minimum rent payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements.

We are required to pay up to a maximum of $8 million of contingent consideration relating to our 2013 Acquisition if we realize a tax benefit from the use of net operating losses generated from the stock option exercises concurrent with the 2013 Acquisition. We have not included this obligation in the table above because there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows to extinguish this liability. The settlement of this liability depends on our ability to generate taxable income in the future to realize this tax benefit.

At December 31, 2017, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of $0.7 million are not included in the table above because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.

61


 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, investors, directors and officers with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of such agreements, services to be provided by us, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. These indemnification provisions may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable. We have never paid a material claim, nor have we been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements. At December 31, 2017, we have not accrued a liability for these indemnification arrangements because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these indemnification arrangements is not probable or reasonably estimable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment or complexity than our other accounting policies. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to a full understanding and evaluation of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. See “Significant Accounting Policies” in Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Subscription and support revenueCustomers pay subscription fees for access to our SaaS platform generally for a one-year period. In more limited cases, customers may pay for up to three years in advance. Fees are based on a number of factors, including the solutions subscribed for by the customer and the number of users having access to the solutions. The first year subscription fees are typically payable within 30 days after the execution of the arrangement, and thereafter upon renewal. We initially record the subscription fees as deferred revenue and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. At any time during the subscription period, customers may increase the number of their users or subscribe for additional products. Additional user fees and additional product subscriptions are payable for the remainder of the initial or extended contract term. Subscription and support revenue also includes software revenue related to maintenance and support fees on legacy BlackLine solutions and software license and maintenance revenue on Runbook software sales.

Professional services—We offer customers assistance in implementing our solutions and optimizing their use. Professional services include training and consulting. These services are billed on either a fixed fee or time and material basis. Revenues from time and material arrangements are recognized as services are performed and revenues from fixed fee arrangements are initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a proportional performance basis as the services are performed.

We recognize revenues when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of our solutions or implementation and consulting services exists, (ii) the solutions have been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount we recognize as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each customer’s arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed customer agreement. We consider that delivery of a solution has commenced once we provide the customer with log-in information to access and use the solution. Fees are fixed based

62


 

on stated rates specified in the customer agreement. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of the customer, review of their financial information or transaction history. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected.

The majority of customer arrangements include multiple deliverables such as subscriptions to our SaaS solutions and professional services. We recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2009-13 – Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements – a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force  or ASU 2009-13. For subscription agreements, as customers do not have the right to the software code underlying our solutions, subscription revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance as defined by ASC Topic 985-605, Software.  Our agreements do not contain any refund provisions other than in the event of our non-performance or breach.

For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis. We have determined that the SaaS solutions have standalone value, because, once access is given to the customer, the solutions are fully functional and do not require any additional development, modification, or customization. Professional services have standalone value, because third-party partners and customers themselves can perform these services without our involvement. The performance of these professional services generally does not require highly specialized or technologically skilled individuals and the professional services are not essential to the functionality of the solutions.

We allocate revenue among the separate non-contingent deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.

 

We are not able to determine VSOE or TPE for our deliverables, because the deliverables are typically bundled and infrequently sold separately within a consistent price range. Additionally, management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to our solutions. Therefore, the selling prices of subscriptions to the SaaS solutions and professional services are based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires us to make significant estimates and judgments. We consider numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves, geography, customer size and number of users, and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with senior management. We update our estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and as circumstances may require. As our marketing strategies evolve, we may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices and BESP.

In addition to our direct sales and marketing efforts, we have strategic relationships with business process outsourcers, or BPOs, and resellers. The BPOs and resellers place orders with us after receiving an order from an end customer. The BPOs and resellers receive business terms of sale similar to those received by our direct customers, and payment to us is not contingent on the receipt of payment from the end customer. The BPOs and resellers negotiate pricing with the end customer and are responsible for implementation services, if any, and for certain support levels directly with the end customer. We recognize revenue over the term of the arrangement for the contractual amount charged to the BPO or reseller, once access to our solution has been provided to the end customer provided that the other revenue recognition criteria noted above have been met.

Deferred Sales Commissions

Deferred sales commissions are the incremental costs that are directly associated with non-cancelable subscription contracts with customers and consist of sales commissions paid to our direct sales force and third-party partners. The commissions are deferred and amortized over the non-cancelable terms of the related customer contracts, which are typically one year in duration. The commission payments are paid in full the month after the customer’s service commences. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through the future revenue streams under the non-cancelable customer contracts. We believe this is the preferable method of accounting as the sales commission charges are so closely related to the revenue from the non-cancelable customer contracts that they should be recorded as an asset and charged to expense over the same period that the subscription revenue is recognized. Amortization of deferred sales commissions is included in sales and marketing in our consolidated statements of operations.

63


 

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors based on the awards’ estimated grant date fair value. We estimate the fair value of our stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For awards that vest solely based on continued service (“service-only vesting conditions”), the resulting fair value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period, which is generally four years. We recognize the fair value of stock options which contain performance conditions based upon the probability of the performance conditions being met, using the graded vesting method. Forfeitures are recognized in the period they occur.

Determining the grant date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and judgments. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and if different assumptions had been used, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different from the amounts recorded.

 

The assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

 

Value per share of our common stock.    Prior to our initial public offering in October 2016, because there was no public market for our common stock, our management, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of the grant of stock options by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including our actual operating and financial performance, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly-traded companies, developments and milestones in our company, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event and transactions involving our common stock, among other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock was determined by our board of directors through the date of the initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock was determined in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.  For awards granted subsequent to our initial public offering, the fair value of our common stock is based on the closing price of our common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, on the date of grant.

 

 

Expected volatility.    We determine the expected volatility based on historical average volatilities of similar publicly traded companies corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

 

 

Expected term.    We determine the expected term of awards which contain service-only vesting conditions using the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award.

 

 

Risk-free interest rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

 

 

Estimated dividend yield.    The estimated dividend yield is zero, as we do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

In October 2016, we granted options to purchase shares of common stock to two executive officers that vest upon meeting certain performance conditions and continued service. The performance conditions include meeting yearly cash flow targets and cumulative annual recurring revenue targets through 2019. If each yearly cash flow target is met through 2019, but the full cumulative annual recurring target through 2019 is not met, the executive officers are still able to vest in the award if an additional cash flow target for 2020 and a cumulative annual recurring revenue target through 2020 are achieved. The cash flow performance targets for each year are determined concurrently with the annual budget process and because each yearly target has not yet been set, no grant date for the options has been established.  At December 31, 2017, we determined that the achievement of the performance targets is not probable and accordingly, no stock-based compensation expense has been recorded for these awards. To the extent that the awards become probable of vesting prior to the grant date, the amount of compensation cost to be recognized will be based on the then fair value of the options. The fair value of the options will be remeasured each period until a grant date has been established. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost, if any, to be recognized will depend on the value of the stock options when all performance conditions have been set and whether the performance conditions are probable of being achieved.

 

Capitalized Software Costs

64


 

We account for the costs of computer software obtained or developed for internal use in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other  (“ASC 350”). We capitalize certain costs in the development of our SaaS subscription solutions when (i) the preliminary project stage is completed, (ii) management has authorized further funding for the completion of the project and (iii) it is probable that the project will be completed and performed as intended. These capitalized costs include personnel and related expenses for employees and costs of third-party contractors who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for significant upgrades and enhancements to our SaaS software solutions are also capitalized. Costs incurred for post-configuration training, maintenance and minor modifications or enhancements are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of three years.

Business Combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocate the purchase price to its respective assets and liabilities. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires our management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue, costs and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies. We engage the assistance of valuation specialists in concluding on fair value measurements in connection with determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

The fair value of the deferred revenue at the date of acquisition is determined based on the estimated direct and incremental costs to fulfill the legal performance obligations associated with the deferred revenue, plus a reasonable profit margin. To the extent that the fair value of deferred revenue at the acquisition date is less than it’s then carrying value, the revenue in periods subsequent to the acquisition date is reduced until such time that the underlying revenue is recognized.

Contingent consideration payable in cash arising from business combinations is recorded as a liability and measured at fair value each period. Changes in fair value are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Determining the fair value of the contingent consideration each period requires our management to make assumptions and judgments. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and if different assumptions had been used, the fair value of contingent consideration could have been materially different from the amounts recorded. We are required to pay up to a maximum of $8 million of contingent consideration relating to our 2013 Acquisition if we realize a tax benefit from the use of net operating losses generated from the stock option exercises concurrent with the 2013 Acquisition. We determine the fair value of contingent consideration by discounting estimated future taxable income. The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of contingent consideration are the timing and amount of taxable income in any given period and determining an appropriate discount rate which considers the risk associated with the forecasted taxable income. Significant changes in the estimated future taxable income and the periods in which they are generated would significantly impact the fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

 

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Tax Act was enacted on December 22, 2017 and introduces significant changes to U.S. income tax law. The Tax Act reduces the U.S. statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% and creates a territorial tax system with a onetime mandatory tax on previously deferred foreign earnings of US subsidiaries, among other provisions.

As a result of a full valuation allowance and not having cumulative earnings and profits in foreign jurisdictions, the Tax Act did not impact our effective rate during the fourth quarter of 2017. Additional guidance may be issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS or other standard-setting bodies, which may result in adjustments to the amounts recorded.  

65


 

Certain consequences of these changes, including whether and how state, local and foreign jurisdictions will react to such changes, have not yet been determined.

We have assessed our income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period-end. For those tax positions where we have determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where we have determined there is a less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.

Fair Value of Common Stock Warrants

In September 2013, in connection with the $25 million term loan agreement, we issued warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.00.

Determining the fair value of the common stock warrants each period required our management to make assumptions and judgments. These estimates involved inherent uncertainties and if different assumptions had been used, fair value of the common stock warrants could have been materially different from the amounts recorded. The fair value was determined using a binomial lattice valuation model. The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of the common stock warrants were the estimated fair value of our common stock and to a lesser extent the expected stock volatility, the probability of a change in control and future stock issuances which impacted the term of the warrants. The fair value of our common stock was based on a number of quantitative and qualitative factors as described in Stock-Based Compensation section above.

In May 2017, warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 428,033 shares of common stock and, accordingly, there we be no further changes in the fair value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Issued Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy has historically been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash and that mature within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.

We had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $112.6 million at December 31, 2017. Our cash equivalents and marketable securities consist of highly liquid, investment-grade commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. treasury bonds, and asset-backed securities.  The carrying amount of our cash equivalents and marketable securities reasonably approximates fair value due to the highly liquid nature of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

66


 

We do not believe our cash equivalents and marketable securities have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents and marketable securities do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our historical revenues have primarily been denominated in U.S. Dollars, and a significant portion of our current revenues continue to be denominated in U.S. Dollars. However, we expect an increasing portion of our future revenues to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Euro and British pound. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 would not be material to our financial condition or results of operations. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, primarily the United States and, to a much lesser extent, the United Kingdom, other European Union countries, Canada, Australia, and Singapore. Increases and decreases in our foreign-denominated revenue from movements in foreign exchange rates are partially offset by the corresponding decreases or increases in our foreign-denominated operating expenses.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

67


 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

68


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of BlackLine, Inc.

 

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BlackLine, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholder’s equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

 

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 8, 2018

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.

 

69


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except shares and par values)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

ASSETS

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

31,104

 

 

$

22,118

 

Marketable securities

 

 

81,476

 

 

 

83,130

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $695

  and $223 at  December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

 

 

61,589

 

 

 

42,294

 

Deferred sales commissions

 

 

13,645

 

 

 

9,667

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

6,140

 

 

 

6,614

 

Total current assets

 

 

193,954

 

 

 

163,823

 

Capitalized software development costs, net

 

 

6,824

 

 

 

4,591

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

12,769

 

 

 

11,318

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

40,808

 

 

 

54,118

 

Goodwill

 

 

185,138

 

 

 

185,138

 

Other assets

 

 

1,391

 

 

 

1,449

 

Total assets

 

$

440,884

 

 

$

420,437

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

7,254

 

 

$

7,165

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

20,874

 

 

 

18,931

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

106,903

 

 

 

80,360

 

Short-term portion of contingent consideration

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

2,008

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

137,039

 

 

 

108,464

 

Common stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

11,380

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

3,858

 

 

 

3,230

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

1,262

 

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

 

 

912

 

 

 

2,373

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

3,119

 

 

 

2,318

 

Total liabilities

 

 

146,256

 

 

 

129,027

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, no

  shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized,

  52,982,976 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and

  51,277,964 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

530

 

 

 

513

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

419,628

 

 

 

378,272

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(41

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(125,467

)

 

 

(87,334

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

294,628

 

 

 

291,410

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

440,884

 

 

$

420,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

$

168,542

 

 

$

117,524

 

 

$

80,080

 

Professional services

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

5,599

 

 

 

3,527

 

Total revenues

 

 

177,031

 

 

 

123,123

 

 

 

83,607

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and support

 

 

33,631

 

 

 

25,900

 

 

 

19,773

 

Professional services

 

 

7,855

 

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

2,956

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

41,486

 

 

 

30,211

 

 

 

22,729

 

Gross profit

 

 

135,545

 

 

 

92,912

 

 

 

60,878

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

109,775

 

 

 

77,810

 

 

 

56,546

 

Research and development

 

 

23,874

 

 

 

21,125

 

 

 

18,216

 

General and administrative

 

 

36,956

 

 

 

27,911

 

 

 

20,928

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

170,605

 

 

 

126,846

 

 

 

95,690

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(35,060

)

 

 

(33,934

)

 

 

(34,812

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1,069

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(5,936

)

 

 

(3,215

)

Change in fair value of the common

   stock warrant liability

 

 

(3,490

)

 

 

(5,880

)

 

 

(420

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(2,434

)

 

 

(11,812

)

 

 

(3,635

)

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(37,494

)

 

 

(45,746

)

 

 

(38,447

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

567

 

 

 

(6,587

)

 

 

(13,713

)

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

Basic net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

Shares used to calculate basic net loss per share

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

Diluted net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

Shares used to calculate diluted net loss per share

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net loss

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain on marketable securities,

net of tax of $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

 

(22

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

(22

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

$

(38,083

)

 

$

(39,200

)

 

$

(24,734

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

72


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Treasury Stock,

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

at cost

 

 

Capital

 

 

Loss

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

40,392

 

 

$

405

 

 

$

(225

)

 

$

207,189

 

 

$

 

 

$

(23,422

)

 

$

183,947

 

Stock option exercises

 

 

283

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,420

 

Stock repurchases

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,564

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,734

)

 

 

(24,734

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

40,673

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

(254

)

 

 

214,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,156

)

 

 

166,168

 

Stock option exercises

 

 

523

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,860

 

Common stock issuance

 

 

192

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,075

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, net of offering costs

 

 

9,890

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,879

 

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,628

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,159

)

 

 

(39,159

)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

 

51,278

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

378,272

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(87,334

)

 

 

291,410

 

Adjustment for change in accounting policy

   for stock option forfeitures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2017

 

 

51,278

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

378,344

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(87,406

)

 

 

291,410

 

Net exercise of stock warrants

 

 

428

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,870

 

Stock option exercises

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,252

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,179

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38,061

)

 

 

(38,061

)

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

 

52,983

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

 

 

$

419,628

 

 

$

(63

)

 

$

(125,467

)

 

$

294,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

73


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

19,971

 

 

 

17,424

 

 

 

14,739

 

Accretion of debt discount and accrual of paid-in-kind interest

 

 

 

 

 

4,557

 

 

 

2,594

 

Payment of paid-in-kind interest

 

 

 

 

 

(6,418

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of common stock warrant liability

 

 

3,490

 

 

 

5,880

 

 

 

420

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

628

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

41

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

16,044

 

 

 

6,526

 

 

 

5,497

 

(Accretion) amortization of purchase discounts/premiums on marketable securities, net

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

66

 

 

 

(7,432

)

 

 

(13,941

)

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

 

 

565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of the acquisition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(19,860

)

 

 

(15,541

)

 

 

(6,195

)

Deferred sales commissions

 

 

(3,978

)

 

 

(3,421

)

 

 

(4,343

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

874

 

 

 

(3,095

)

 

 

(507

)

Other assets

 

 

(342

)

 

 

(201

)

 

 

(571

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(25

)

 

 

3,544

 

 

 

1,073

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

2,120

 

 

 

3,864

 

 

 

6,753

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

25,082

 

 

 

29,482

 

 

 

18,176

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(187

)

 

 

(1,189

)

 

 

2,004

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

6,424

 

 

 

(4,808

)

 

 

1,006

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(31,488

)

 

 

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(76,610

)

 

 

(83,192

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities

 

 

78,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized software development costs

 

 

(4,624

)

 

 

(3,270

)

 

 

(2,273

)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(4,002

)

 

 

(1,724

)

 

 

(10,094

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(7,031

)

 

 

(119,674

)

 

 

(12,367

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from term loan, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

34,300

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on term loan and prepayment penalties

 

 

 

 

 

(60,706

)

 

 

 

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(549

)

 

 

(124

)

 

 

(532

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

3,075

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

 

 

10,252

 

 

 

2,860

 

 

 

1,420

 

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

156,362

 

 

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Payments of initial public offering costs

 

 

(110

)

 

 

(4,372

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

9,593

 

 

 

131,395

 

 

 

859

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

8,986

 

 

 

6,913

 

 

 

(10,502

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

22,118

 

 

 

15,205

 

 

 

25,707

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

31,104

 

 

$

22,118

 

 

$

15,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

8

 

 

$

8,646

 

 

$

634

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

868

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

6

 

Non-cash financing and investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation capitalized for software development

 

$

135

 

 

$

102

 

 

$

67

 

Net exercise of stock warrants

 

$

14,870

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Property and equipment acquired under capital leases

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,648

 

Capitalized software development costs included in accounts

   payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities at end of period

 

$

331

 

 

$

153

 

 

$

 

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts

   payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities at end of period

 

$

293

 

 

$

63

 

 

$

172

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable

   and accrued expenses and other current liabilities at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

1,647

 

Leasehold improvements paid directly by landlord

 

$

1,176

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

75


 

BLACKLINE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—The Company

BlackLine, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “BlackLine”) provide financial accounting close solutions delivered primarily as Software as a Service (“SaaS”).  The Company’s solutions enable its customers to address various aspects of their financial close process including account reconciliations, variance analysis of account balances, journal entry capabilities, and certain types of data matching capabilities.

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its wholly-owned subsidiary, BlackLine Systems, Inc. (“BlackLine Systems”). BlackLine Systems funded its business with investments from its founder and cash flows from operations until September 3, 2013, when the Company acquired BlackLine Systems, and Silver Lake Sumeru and Iconiq acquired a controlling interest in the Company, which is referred to as the “2013 Acquisition.”

On August 31, 2016 the Company acquired Runbook Company B.V. (“Runbook”), which is referred to as the “Runbook Acquisition.”

The Company is headquartered in Los Angeles, California and has offices in Chicago, Atlanta, New York, Vancouver, London, Paris, Frankfurt, Sydney, Melbourne, Kuala Lumpur, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Singapore, and South Africa.

Note 2—Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of consolidation and basis of presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the operating results of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reverse stock split

On October 12, 2016, the Company effected a 1-for-5 reverse stock split of its outstanding common stock.  All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retrospectively, where applicable, to reflect this reverse stock split.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, primarily those related to determining the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) for separate deliverables in the Company’s subscription revenue arrangements, vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) for separate deliverables in the Company’s licensed revenue arrangements, allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of assets and liabilities assumed in a business combination, recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, useful lives associated with long-lived assets, income taxes, contingencies, fair value of contingent consideration, and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and common stock warrants. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segments

Management has determined that the Company has one operating segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on a consolidated and aggregate basis, together with certain operating metrics principally to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance.

76


 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash includes cash held in checking and savings accounts. Cash equivalents are comprised of investments in money market mutual funds. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Restricted cash

Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2017 and other assets at December 31, 2016 was cash totaling $0.4 million, which was required to be restricted as to use by the Company’s office leaseholder to collateralize a standby letter of credit.

Investments in Marketable Securities

The Company’s marketable securities consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. treasury securities, and asset-backed securities.  The Company classifies its marketable securities as available-for-sale at the time of purchase, and the Company reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date.  All marketable securities are recorded at their estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred.  Impairments are considered to be other than temporary if they are related to deterioration in credit risk or if it is likely the Company will sell the securities before the recovery of their cost basis.  Realized gains and losses and declines in value deemed to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.   

The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities in current assets as the investments are available for use, if needed, in current operations.  

Investments in marketable securities presented within current assets on the consolidated balance sheet consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

$

21,454

 

 

$

 

 

$

(19

)

 

$

21,435

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

32,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

32,394

 

Commercial paper

 

 

25,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,048

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

2,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2,599

 

 

 

$

81,539

 

 

$

 

 

$

(63

)

 

$

81,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

$

29,742

 

 

$

 

 

$

(17

)

 

$

29,725

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

25,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

25,501

 

Commercial paper

 

 

15,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,554

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

12,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

12,350

 

 

 

$

83,171

 

 

$

 

 

$

(41

)

 

$

83,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77


 

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no sales of marketable securities and, accordingly, there were no realized gains or losses recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Net gains and losses related to maturities of marketable securities that were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to earnings in the consolidated statements of operations were not material for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company’s marketable securities have a contractual maturity of less than 2 years.  The amortized cost and fair values of marketable securities, by remaining contractual maturity, were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Maturing within 1 year

 

$

75,339

 

 

$

75,288

 

Maturing between 1 year and 2 years

 

 

6,200

 

 

 

6,188

 

 

 

$

81,539

 

 

$

81,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, do not require collateral and do not bear interest. The Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the Company’s customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy and significantly aged receivables outstanding.   

Concentration of credit risk and significant customers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, investments in marketable securities and accounts receivable.

The Company maintains the majority of its cash balances with one major commercial bank in non-interest bearing accounts, which exceeds the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, federally insured limits.

The Company invests its excess cash in money market mutual funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. treasury securities, and asset-backed securities. To date, the Company has not experienced any impairment losses on its investments.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, no single customer comprised 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues. No single customer had an accounts receivable balance of 10% or greater of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized. Depreciation expense is charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Useful Lives

Machinery and equipment

 

3 to 5 years

Purchased software

 

3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of 7 years or lease term

 

Assets acquired under capital leases are capitalized at the present value of the related lease payments and are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or useful life of the asset.

78


 

Capitalized internal-use software costs

The Company accounts for the costs of computer software obtained or developed for internal use in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). The Company capitalizes certain costs in the development of its Software as a Service (“SaaS”) subscription solution when (i) the preliminary project stage is completed, (ii) management has authorized further funding for the completion of the project and (iii) it is probable that the project will be completed and performed as intended. These capitalized costs include personnel and related expenses for employees and costs of third-party contractors who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for significant upgrades and enhancements to the Company’s SaaS software solutions are also capitalized. Costs incurred for training, maintenance and minor modifications or enhancements are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of three years.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company amortized $2.7 million, $1.8 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, of internal-use software development costs to subscription and support cost of revenue. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the accumulated amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs was $5.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

 

Business combinations

The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition.  Purchase accounting results in assets and liabilities of an acquired business generally being recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date.  Any excess consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocates the purchase price to its respective assets and liabilities.  Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates, including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue, costs and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies.  The Company engages the assistance of valuation specialists in concluding on fair value measurements in connection with determining fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets primarily consist of acquired developed technology, customer relationships, trade names and non-compete agreements, which were acquired as part of the 2013 Acquisition and the Runbook Acquisition.  The Company determines the appropriate useful life of its intangible assets by performing an analysis of expected cash flows of the acquired assets.  Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.  The estimated useful lives of the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets are as follows:

 

 

 

Useful Lives

Trade name

 

1 to 10 years

Developed technology

 

6 to 8 years

Non-compete agreements

 

2 to 5 years

Customer relationships

 

8 to 10 years

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

Management evaluates the recoverability of the Company’s property and equipment, finite-lived intangible assets and capitalized internal-software costs when events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment exists. Events and changes in circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to, significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, and changes in the Company’s business strategy. Impairment testing is performed at an asset level that represents the lowest

79


 

level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (an “asset group”). In determining if impairment exists, the Company estimates the undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the use and ultimate disposition of the asset group. If impairment is indicated based on a comparison of the assets’ carrying values and the undiscounted cash flows, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The Company determined that there were no events or changes in circumstances that potentially indicated that the Company’s long-lived assets were impaired during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel, significant changes in the use of the acquired assets or the Company’s strategy, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

ASC 350 provides that an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.

The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then, under the second step, the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally-generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

The Company has one reporting unit and it tests its goodwill for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter of the calendar year. For 2017 and 2016, the Company used the quantitative approach to perform its annual goodwill impairment test. The Company’s fair value significantly exceeded the carrying value of its net assets and, accordingly, goodwill was not impaired.

Deferred rent

Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense and the cash paid under the lease agreement is recorded as deferred rent. Lease incentives, including tenant improvement allowances, are also recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Debt issued with warrants to purchase common stock

The Company issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with its former credit facility. These warrants were a liability classified under ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, as they contained down-round protection such that, in the event of subsequent issuances of shares at-market by the Company below the exercise price of the warrant, then the warrant’s exercise price was reduced. The warrants were measured at fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. In May 2017, warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 428,033 shares of common stock and, accordingly, there will be no further changes in the fair value.

The initial carrying value of the debt was reduced by the fair value of the warrants. The resulting debt discount was amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt on a straight-line basis, which approximated the effective interest method. In November 2016, the Company repaid all outstanding debt and expensed the then-remaining unamortized debt discount to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

80


 

Fair value of financial instruments

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820 describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value, which are the following:

 

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

 

Level 2:

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair values due to the short-term nature of such instruments.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016, by level, within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

21,247

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

21,247

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

21,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,435

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

32,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,394

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

25,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,048

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

2,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,599

 

Total assets

 

$

42,682

 

 

$

60,041

 

 

$

 

 

$

102,723

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,866

 

 

 

5,866

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,866

 

 

$

5,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

18,936

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,936

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

29,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,725

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

 

25,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,501

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

15,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,554

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

12,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,349

 

Total assets

 

$

48,661

 

 

$

53,404

 

 

$

 

 

$

102,065

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock warrant liability

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,380

 

 

$

11,380

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,238

 

 

 

5,238

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

16,618

 

 

$

16,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81


 

Contingent consideration relating to the 2013 Acquisition (refer to Note 10) is recorded as a liability and is measured at fair value each period, based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions management believes would be made by a market participant. Management assesses these estimates on an ongoing basis as additional data impacting the assumptions becomes available. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration by discounting estimated future taxable income. The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of contingent consideration are the timing and amount of taxable income in any given period and determining an appropriate discount rate, which considers the risk associated with the forecasted taxable income. Significant changes in the estimated future taxable income and the periods in which they are generated would significantly impact the fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

Warrants to purchase common stock were liability classified and were measured at fair value each period. The fair value was determined using a binomial lattice valuation model. The fair value included significant inputs not observable in the market, which represented a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of common stock warrants used assumptions management believed would be made by a market participant. Management assessed these estimates on an ongoing basis as additional data impacting the assumptions became available. Changes in the fair value of the common stock warrant liability related to updated assumptions and estimates were recognized within other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of the common stock warrants were the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock and, to a lesser extent, the expected stock volatility, the probability of a change in control and future stock issuances, which impacted the term of the warrants.

The following table summarizes the changes in the common stock warrant liability (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Beginning fair value

 

$

11,380

 

 

$

5,500

 

 

$

5,080

 

Change in fair value

 

 

3,490

 

 

 

5,880

 

 

 

420

 

Exercise of stock warrants

 

 

(14,870

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending fair value

 

$

 

 

$

11,380

 

 

$

5,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In May 2017, warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 428,033 shares of common stock and, accordingly, there will be no further changes in the fair value.

The following table summarizes the changes in the contingent consideration liability (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Beginning fair value

 

$

5,238

 

 

$

4,867

 

 

$

4,826

 

Change in fair value

 

 

628

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

41

 

Ending fair value

 

$

5,866

 

 

$

5,238

 

 

$

4,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain assets, including goodwill and long-lived assets, are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired a result of an impairment review. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, no impairments were identified on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Revenue recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the following sources:

Subscription and support revenue – Customers pay subscription fees for access to the Company’s SaaS platform generally for a one-year period. In more limited cases, customers may pay for up to three years in advance. Fees are based on a number of factors, including the solutions subscribed for by the customer and the number of users having access to the solutions. The first year subscription fees are typically payable within 30 days after the execution of the

82


 

arrangement, and thereafter upon renewal. The Company initially records the subscription fees as deferred revenue and recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. At any time during the subscription period, customers may increase the number of their users or subscribe for additional products. Additional user fees and additional product subscriptions are payable for the remainder of the initial or extended contract term. Subscription and support revenue also includes software revenue related to maintenance and support fees on legacy BlackLine solutions and software license and maintenance revenue on Runbook software sales as described below.

Professional services – The Company offers its customers assistance in implementing its SaaS solutions and optimizing their use. Professional services include consulting and training. These services are billed on either a fixed fee or time-and-material basis. Revenues from time-and-material arrangements are recognized as services are performed and revenues from fixed fee arrangements are initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a proportional performance basis as the services are performed.

The Company recognizes subscription and professional services revenues when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of the Company’s solutions or consulting services exists, (ii) the solutions have been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount the Company recognizes as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each customer’s arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed customer agreement. The Company considers that delivery of a solution has commenced once it provides the customer with log-in information to access and use the solution. Fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the customer agreement. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of the customer, review of their financial information or transaction history. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected.

The majority of customer arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to the Company’s SaaS solutions and professional services. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements – a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force. For subscription agreements, as customers do not have the right to the software code underlying the Company’s solutions, subscription revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance as defined by ASC 985-605, Software. The Company’s agreements do not contain any refund provisions other than in the event of the Company’s non-performance or breach.

For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the customer on a standalone basis. The Company has determined that the SaaS products have standalone value because, once access is given to the customer, the solutions are fully functional and do not require any additional development, modification or customization. Professional services have standalone value because third-party partners and customers themselves can perform these services without the Company’s involvement. The performance of these professional services generally does not require highly specialized or technologically skilled individuals and the professional services are not essential to the functionality of the solutions.

The Company allocates revenue among the separate non-contingent deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in descending order, (i) VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) BESP.

The Company is not able to determine VSOE or TPE for its deliverables because the deliverables are typically bundled and infrequently sold separately within a consistent price range. Additionally, management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to the Company’s solutions. Therefore, the selling prices of subscriptions to the SaaS solutions and professional services are based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves, geography, customer size and number of users, and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with senior management. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and circumstances may require. As the Company’s marketing strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices and BESP.

The Company uses business process outsourcers (“BPOs”) and resellers to complement its direct sales and marketing efforts. The BPOs and resellers place orders with the Company after receiving an order from an end customer. The BPOs and resellers receive business terms of sale similar to those received by the Company’s direct customers, and

83


 

payment to the Company is not contingent on the receipt of payment from the end customer. The BPOs and resellers negotiate pricing with the end customer and are responsible for implementation services, if any, and for certain support levels directly with the end customer. The Company recognizes revenue over the term of the arrangement for the contractual amount charged to the BPO or reseller once access to the Company’s solution has been provided to the end customer provided that the other revenue recognition criteria noted above have been met.

Subscription and support revenues also include revenues associated with sales of software licenses and related support. Prior to the development of the Company’s SaaS solutions, the Company sold software licenses and post contract support related to its legacy software in accordance with ASC 985-605. The Company continues to provide post contract support for this legacy software to a limited number of customers that have not yet migrated to the SaaS solution.  The Company no longer develops any new applications or functionality for the legacy software licensed to customers.

On August 31, 2016, the Company acquired Runbook, a Netherlands-based provider of licensed financial close automation software and integration for SAP customers.  The Company plans to migrate Runbook’s Smart Close licensed products to a cloud-based platform, but the Company continues to sell Runbook’s on-premise software to existing Runbook customers and provide post-contract support and implementation services.  

Revenues recognized from sales of software licenses, support and implementation services related to software arrangements comprised approximately 5%, less than 1%, and 1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Taxes collected from customers are accounted for on a net basis and are excluded from revenue.

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of costs related to hosting the Company’s cloud-based application suite, salaries and benefits of operations and support personnel, including stock-based compensation, and amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs. The Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, information technology costs and depreciation and amortization to cost of revenues. Costs associated with providing professional services are expensed as incurred when the services are performed. In addition, subscription and support cost of revenues includes amortization of acquired developed technology.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation and employee benefits, including stock-based compensation, of sales and marketing personnel and related sales support teams, sales and partner commissions, marketing events, advertising costs, travel, trade shows, other marketing materials, and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expenses also include amortization of customer relationship intangible assets. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $7.7 million, $4.2 million, and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Deferred sales commissions

Deferred sales commissions are the incremental costs that are directly associated with non-cancelable subscription contracts with customers and consist of sales commissions paid to the Company’s direct sales force and third-party partners. The commissions are deferred and amortized over the non-cancelable terms of the related customer contracts, which are typically one year in duration. The commission payments are paid in full the month after the customer’s service commences. The deferred commission amounts are recoverable through the future revenue streams under the non-cancelable customer contracts. The Company believes this is the preferable method of accounting as the sales commission charges are so closely related to the revenue from the non-cancelable customer contracts and accordingly, should be recorded as an asset and charged to expense over the same period that the subscription revenue is recognized. Amortization of deferred sales commissions is included in sales and marketing in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, deferred commission costs, net of accumulated amortization were $13.6 million and $9.7 million, respectively. Amortization of commission costs was $18.4 million, $13.2 million, and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

84


 

Research and development

Research and development expenses are comprised primarily of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with the Company’s engineering, product and quality assurance personnel. Research and development expenses also include third-party contractors and supplies and allocated overhead. Other than software development costs that qualify for capitalization, as discussed above, research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs associated with the Company’s executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees, other corporate-related expenses and allocated overhead. General and administrative expenses also include amortization of covenant not to compete and tradename intangible assets, the change in value of the contingent consideration, acquisition-related costs of business combinations, costs associated with the secondary offering, and costs associated with the shelf offering.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors based on the awards’ estimated grant date fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of its stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For awards that vest solely based on continued service (“service-only vesting conditions”), the resulting fair value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period, which is generally four years. The Company recognizes the fair value of stock options which contain performance conditions based upon the probability of the performance conditions being met, using the graded vesting method. On January 1, 2017, the Company changed its accounting policy to account for forfeitures when they occur rather than estimate a forfeiture rate.

Determining the grant date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires management to make assumptions and judgments. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and, if different assumptions had been used, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different from the amounts recorded.

The assumptions and estimates are as follows:

Value per share of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in October 2016, because there was no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s management, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of the grant of stock options by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the Company’s actual operating and financial performance, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly-traded companies, developments and milestones in the Company, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event and transactions involving the Company’s common stock, among other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock was determined by the Company’s board of directors through the date of the initial public offering. The fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.  For awards granted subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering, the fair value of common stock is based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ, on the date of grant.

Expected volatility. The Company determines the expected volatility based on historical average volatilities of similar publicly-traded companies corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Expected term. The Company determines the expected term of awards which contain service-only vesting conditions using the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award, as the Company does not have sufficient historical data relating to stock option exercises.

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted corresponding to the expected term of the awards.

Estimated dividend yield. The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company does not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

85


 

The following information represents the weighted average of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock options granted:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Expected term (years)

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

6.3

 

Expected volatility

 

 

47.0

%

 

 

47.5

%

 

 

49.6

%

Risk free interest rate

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

1.7

%

Expected dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued with respect to uncertain tax positions, if any, in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Net loss per share

Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. As the Company has net losses for the periods presented, all potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options and warrants, are antidilutive.

Foreign currency

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. The foreign exchange impacts of remeasuring the foreign subsidiaries’ local currency to the U.S. Dollar functional currency is recorded in general and administrative expenses, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Monetary assets and liabilities of foreign operations are remeasured at balance sheet date exchange rates, non-monetary assets and liabilities and equity are remeasured at the historical exchange rates, while results of operations are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect for the period. Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) totaled $0.4 million, $(28,000), and $(0.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. Under this guidance, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The updated standard will replace all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.  The Company will adopt the new revenue guidance in the first quarter of 2018 using the retrospective method to restate each prior reporting period presented. In preparation for adoption of the standard, we are implementing internal controls and

86


 

key system functionality to enable the preparation of financial information. The most significant impact of the standard relates to our accounting for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions. Sales commissions are generally not paid upon contract renewals, and accordingly, under the new revenue standard, commissions will be recognized over an estimated period of benefit of five years rather than over the non-cancelable contract term under existing guidance, resulting in a larger deferral of commissions each period and a reduction in operating expenses in the historical consolidated financial statements. The new standard will also impact the Company’s accounting for on-premise solutions which includes software license, maintenance and support fees on Runbook solutions. Under the existing guidance, the Company generally does not have VSOE of all the undelivered elements, generally maintenance and support and professional services, in its on-premise software arrangements, and so the Company recognizes software license revenues over the period of the undelivered elements. Under the new standard, the Company will recognize software license revenue at the time of delivery which will generally result in an acceleration of revenue recognition. Revenue recognition related to subscription fees for access to the Company’s SaaS platform and corresponding professional services will remain substantially unchanged. The Company expects that the adoption of the new standard will result in a reduction of revenues in the range of $1.0 million to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and an increase in revenues in the range of $3.0 million to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to the change in timing of recognition of software license revenue. Additionally, the Company expects that the adoption of the new standard will result in a reduction of operating expenses in the range of $5.0 million to $7.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, related to its accounting for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance which significantly changes the accounting for leases. The new guidance requires a lessee recognize in the balance sheet a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expense for such leases generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For income statement purposes, the new guidance retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or financing. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern similar to existing capital lease guidance. For statement of cash flow purposes, the new guidance also retained the existing dual method, where cash payments for operating leases are reflected in cash flows from operating activities and principal and interest payments for finance leases are reflected in cash flows from financing activities and cash flows from operating activities, respectively. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance requires the recognition and measurement of leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The use of the modified retrospective approach allows an entity to use a number of practical expedients in the application of this new guidance. Although the Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements, the Company expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance.

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance which requires that financial assets measured at amortized costs be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This guidance amends the accounting for credit losses for available-for-sale securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for any interim or annual period after December 15, 2018. The Company has not determined the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued guidance which requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and ending total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, and should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

In February 2017, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by no longer requiring an entity to determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.  Under this new guidance, an entity would perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity would consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable.  Under the new guidance, an entity continues to have the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after

87


 

December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those years.  Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued guidance which shortens the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium.  Under this new guidance, an entity would shorten the amortization period of the premium to the earliest call date.  This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods.  Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period.  The Company has not determined the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued guidance to clarify which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under this guidance an entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: 1) The fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification; 2) The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and 3) The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The amendments in this guidance are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018, and will apply this guidance to modifications of stock-based compensation arrangements, if any, after this date.

In July 2017, the FASB issued guidance which changes the classification analysis of certain equity-linked financial instruments or embedded features, for example warrants and convertible debt, with down round features. When determining whether certain financial instruments should be classified as liabilities or equity instruments, a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments. As a result, a freestanding equity-linked financial instrument or embedded conversion option no longer would be accounted for as a derivative liability at fair value as a result of the existence of a down round feature. This new guidance also amends existing earnings per share guidance to recognize the effect of the down round feature when it is triggered. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If the guidance is adopted in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. This new guidance may be adopted on a modified retrospective approach by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the statement of financial position as of the beginning of the first fiscal year and interim period in which the guidance is effective or on a full retrospective basis. The Company’s warrants to purchase common stock, which were exercised in May 2017, were liability classified and recorded at fair value each period as a result of down round features. The Company is assessing the impact of this guidance and its adoption method.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance to simplify various aspects relating to accounting for stock-based compensation and related tax impacts, the classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, statutory tax withholding requirements, and other stock-based compensation classification matters.  The guidance was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods.  The Company adopted this guidance during the first quarter ended March 31, 2017.  Upon adoption, the Company changed its accounting policy to account for forfeitures when they occur rather than estimate a forfeiture rate.  The impact of this change in policy increased the Company’s accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital by $0.1 million as of January 1, 2017.  The new guidance also requires the Company to record, on a prospective basis, the income tax effects of stock-based compensation awards in the income statement as discrete items, subject to deferred tax asset valuation allowance considerations, in the reporting period in which they occur, which will increase volatility in the Company’s income tax provision in the future to the extent that the Company is able to realize the tax benefits. In addition, upon adoption previously unrecognized tax benefits were recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit, subject to assessment for the need for a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, as of January 1, 2017. The Company had $36.7 million of net operating losses related to tax benefits for stock-based compensation awards at December 31, 2016 which were not recorded as deferred tax assets. As the Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

88


 

Note 3—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Computers and equipment

 

$

4,919

 

 

$

3,287

 

Purchased software

 

 

4,934

 

 

 

3,829

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

2,204

 

 

 

1,725

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

9,075

 

 

 

6,888

 

Construction in progress

 

 

180

 

 

 

523

 

 

 

 

21,312

 

 

 

16,252

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(8,543

)

 

 

(4,934

)

 

 

$

12,769

 

 

$

11,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $4.0 million, $3.1 million, and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Software and construction in progress included assets held under capital lease of $1.6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, reduced by related accumulated amortization thereon of $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

Note 4 – Business Combination

On August 31, 2016, the Company acquired all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Runbook, a Netherlands-based provider of financial close automation software and integration solutions for SAP.  The purpose of the acquisition was to enhance the Company’s position as a leading provider of software solutions to automate the financial close process for SAP customers and supports the Company’s European expansion strategy.  The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination under GAAP.  

The total purchase consideration was approximately $34.1 million which was paid in cash. The purchase consideration is subject to a final working capital adjustment, which has not yet been finalized. Any adjustment will be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in the period of settlement. A portion of the purchase price totaling $3.1 million was paid into escrow for indemnification obligations relating to potential breach of representations and warranties of the sellers. Any amounts remaining in escrow after satisfaction of any resolved claims will be released from escrow. For the year ended December 31, 2016, acquisition-related costs incurred by the Company of approximately $1.6 million were expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition (in thousands):

 

Total cash consideration to selling shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

$

34,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,564

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,518

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

718

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

427

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,790

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

(285

)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(376

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

(501

)

Net deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,787

)

Net assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,068

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89


 

 

The Company believes the amount of goodwill resulting from the acquisition is primarily attributable to expected synergies from assembled workforce, an increase in development capabilities, increased offerings to customers, and enhanced opportunities for growth and innovation.  The goodwill resulting from the acquisition is not tax deductible.

To determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired, the Company engaged a third-party valuation specialist to assist management.  The fair value measurements of the intangible assets were based primarily on significant unobservable inputs and thus represent a level 3 measurement as defined in ASC 820.  The acquired intangible asset categories, fair value and amortization periods, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

Period

 

Fair Value

(in thousands)

 

Trade name

 

 

 

 

 

1 year

 

$

20

 

Developed technology

 

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

5,710

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

 

 

 

2 years

 

 

180

 

Customer relationships

 

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

3,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted average lives of intangible assets at the acquisition date was 8.7 years.

 

Unaudited pro forma information

The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Pro forma total revenues

 

$

128,196

 

 

$

88,303

 

Pro forma net loss

 

$

(39,000

)

 

$

(28,161

)

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.69

)

 

The pro forma results reflect certain adjustments for the depreciation and amortization of the fair values of the intangible assets acquired, adjustments to revenue resulting from the fair value adjustment to deferred revenue, acquisition-related costs, and related tax adjustments.  Such pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results of the Company.

The total amount of Runbook revenue and net loss included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2016 was $0.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

 

90


 

Note 5—Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The carrying value of intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

Trade name

 

$

15,977

 

 

$

(6,930

)

 

$

9,047

 

Developed technology

 

 

42,558

 

 

 

(27,577

)

 

 

14,981

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

4,520

 

 

 

(3,882

)

 

 

638

 

Customer relationships

 

 

31,783

 

 

 

(15,641

)

 

 

16,142

 

 

 

$

94,838

 

 

$

(54,030

)

 

$

40,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

Trade name

 

$

15,977

 

 

$

(5,361

)

 

$

10,616

 

Developed technology

 

 

42,558

 

 

 

(20,694

)

 

 

21,864

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

4,520

 

 

 

(2,924

)

 

 

1,596

 

Customer relationships

 

 

31,783

 

 

 

(11,741

)

 

 

20,042

 

 

 

$

94,838

 

 

$

(40,720

)

 

$

54,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization expense is included in the following functional statements of operations expense categories.  Amortization expense was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

6,847

 

 

$

6,368

 

 

$

6,139

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,872

 

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

3,487

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

2,532

 

 

 

2,466

 

 

 

$

13,310

 

 

$

12,505

 

 

$

12,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of remaining amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years and thereafter for finite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

 

2018

 

 

 

$

12,962

 

2019

 

 

 

 

10,276

 

2020

 

 

 

 

6,183

 

2021

 

 

 

 

5,020

 

2022

 

 

 

 

2,696

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

 

 

$

40,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill was as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

$

163,154

 

Acquisition of Runbook

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,984

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

185,138

 

Activity during the year ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

$

185,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91


 

Note 6—Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Accrued salaries and employee benefits

 

$

11,945

 

 

$

11,589

 

Accrued commissions to third-party partners

 

 

2,991

 

 

 

2,081

 

Accrued income and other taxes payable

 

 

1,798

 

 

 

1,553

 

Accrued professional services costs

 

 

407

 

 

 

454

 

Short-term portion of capital lease

 

 

442

 

 

 

992

 

Short-term tenant improvement allowance

 

 

475

 

 

 

341

 

Accrued initial public offering costs

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities

 

 

2,816

 

 

 

1,811

 

 

 

$

20,874

 

 

$

18,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 7—Term Loan

In September 2013, the Company entered into a $25 million term loan agreement (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan had a term of five years and expired and was repayable on September 25, 2018. The Term Loan bore interest at (i) the greater of LIBOR or 1.5% plus (ii) 8%.  In March 2016 and August 2016, the Company amended its credit facility to add an additional $5.0 million term loan (the “2016 Incremental Term Loan”) and to add an additional $30 million term loan (the “2016 Acquisition Term Loan”), respectively.  Both the 2016 Incremental Term Loan and the 2016 Acquisition Term Loan had similar terms and conditions to the original Term Loan, and both were subject to prepayment penalties if the Company elected to repay the loans before the expiration date.  The term loans bore interest at a rate of 9.5% per annum. Under the provisions of each term loan, the Company had the option to pay interest in varying amounts in cash or in payment in kind. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, interest of $1.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, was paid in kind, thereby increasing the outstanding principal. Interest paid in kind was due and payable at maturity of each term loan.  In November 2016, the Company repaid in full all outstanding debt under the Company’s credit facility and terminated the agreement, as amended.  In connection with the termination of the agreement, the Company paid a total of approximately $67.7 million, which included principal, accrued interest, paid in kind interest, and prepayment penalties. Prepayment penalties of $0.7 million were expensed to interest expense in November 2016 upon repayment and termination of the credit facility.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, upon the termination of the credit facility, accumulated paid in kind interest of $6.4 million was repaid and has been classified in cash flows from operating activities.  

The Company incurred $1.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million in transaction costs and fees payable to the lender related to the issuance of the Term Loan, the 2016 Incremental Term Loan, and the 2016 Acquisition Term Loan, respectively. These amounts, net of amortization, had been presented as a discount against the carrying amount of the term loans. In November 2016, in connection with the repayment of the Company’s term loans and termination of its credit facility, the Company expensed the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $1.1 million to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

In conjunction with Term Loan, the Company issued warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock at an exercise price per share of $5.00. The warrants were exercisable at any time by the holder and expired upon the earlier of ten years from the issuance date or the sale of the Company. In May 2017, warrants to purchase 499,999 shares of common stock were net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 428,033 shares of common stock and, accordingly, there will be no further changes in the fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the carrying value of the Term Loan was reduced by the fair value of the warrants at issuance of $1.4 million. The resulting debt discount was being amortized over the term of the debt on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. The amortization of the debt discount was recorded in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.   In November 2016, in connection with the repayment of the Company’s term loans and termination of its credit facility, the Company expensed the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of the warrants of $0.5 million to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.  

 

Note 8—Income Taxes

92


 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

$

(37,044

)

 

$

(45,123

)

 

$

(39,350

)

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

(450

)

 

 

(623

)

 

 

903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(37,494

)

 

$

(45,746

)

 

$

(38,447

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The components of the total provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

7

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

840

 

 

 

221

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

228

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,086

)

 

 

(12,468

)

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(202

)

 

 

(1,473

)

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

(1,144

)

 

 

 

Total deferred tax provision (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

(7,432

)

 

 

(13,941

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

$

567

 

 

$

(6,587

)

 

$

(13,713

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Federal statutory income tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

34.0

%

 

 

34.0

%

 

 

34.0

%

State tax, net of federal benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

Federal tax credits

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

1.1

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.8

%)

 

 

(16.5

%)

 

 

(2.3

%)

Common stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.2

%)

 

 

(4.4

%)

 

 

(0.4

%)

Foreign tax differential

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.8

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Windfall tax benefits, net related to stock-based

  compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of rate and other changes on federal deferred

  taxes, net due to enactment of Tax Cuts and Jobs

  Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33.7

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.2

%)

 

 

(2.9

%)

 

 

(0.7

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.5

%)

 

 

14.4

%

 

 

35.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In December 2017, the U.S. Congress passed and the President signed legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Tax Act”), which contains many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws including reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and creating a territorial tax system with a onetime mandatory tax on previously deferred foreign earnings of U.S. subsidiaries. As the Company has a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets, the revaluation of net deferred tax assets resulting from the reduction in the U.S federal corporate income tax rate did not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.  In addition, due to cumulative foreign deficits, no liability for foreign earnings and profits has been established. Additional guidance may be issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS or other standard-setting bodies, which may result in adjustments to the amounts recorded. 

93


 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,462

 

 

$

1,065

 

Business credits

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,197

 

 

 

2,913

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,961

 

 

 

4,393

 

Net operating loss carryover

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,590

 

 

 

21,151

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

1,253

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,262

 

 

 

30,775

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,201

)

 

 

(8,489

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,061

 

 

 

22,286

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,589

)

 

 

(1,250

)

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,287

)

 

 

(20,439

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,513

)

 

 

(1,859

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,389

)

 

 

(23,548

)

Net deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,328

)

 

$

(1,262

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 740 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is "more likely than not." A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. For financial reporting purposes, the Company has incurred losses for each of the past three years. Based on available objective evidence, including the Company’s history of losses, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable. Accordingly, the Company provided a valuation allowance against its federal and state deferred tax assets.  The Company’s foreign tax jurisdictions were in a net deferred tax liability position at December 31, 2017.

The change in the valuation allowance was as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Valuation allowance, at beginning of year

 

 

 

$

8,489

 

 

$

887

 

 

$

 

Increase in valuation allowance recorded through

   earnings

 

 

 

 

6,814

 

 

 

7,602

 

 

 

887

 

Increase in valuation allowance as result of adoption of

  ASU 2016-09

 

 

 

 

13,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance, at end of year

 

 

 

$

29,201

 

 

$

8,489

 

 

$

887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company did not provide for United States income taxes on the undistributed earnings and other outside temporary differences of foreign subsidiaries as they are considered indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. At December 31, 2017 and 2016 the amount of temporary differences related to undistributed earnings and other outside temporary differences upon which United States income taxes have not been provided is immaterial to these consolidated financial statements.

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had consolidated federal and state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income of approximately $122.3 million and $60.3 million, respectively. The federal losses will begin to expire in 2033, and the state losses will begin to expire between 2023 and 2033, depending on the jurisdiction.  The Company has federal research and development credits and foreign tax credits of $2.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire on 2033 and 2023, respectively.  The Company has state research and development credits and enterprise zone credits of $2.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which are indefinite in expiration and begin to expire by 2023, respectively.  Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382, use of the

94


 

Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited if the Company experiences a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% over a three-year period.

   

The following is a roll forward of the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Beginning gross unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 

 

 

$

382

 

 

$

278

 

 

$

188

 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

104

 

 

90

 

Ending gross unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 

 

 

$

672

 

 

$

382

 

 

$

278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the realization of unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to impact the effective rate due to a full valuation on federal and state deferred taxes.  The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties in its provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and no such amounts have been accrued at December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

 

The Company files U.S. federal, various state and foreign income tax returns. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities. The tax years 2015 and 2016 remain subject to examination for federal purposes.  Generally, state and foreign tax authorities may examine the Company’s tax returns for four years and five years, respectively, from the date an income tax return is filed. However, the taxing authorities may continue to adjust the Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryforwards until the statute of limitations closes on the tax years in which the federal and state net operating losses are utilized.

The Company does not anticipate either material changes in the total amount or composition of its unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date.

 

Note 9—Net Loss per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(38,061

)

 

$

(39,159

)

 

$

(24,734

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

  Add: Dilutive effect of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used to calculate diluted net loss per share

 

 

52,161

 

 

 

42,497

 

 

 

40,579

 

Basic net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

Diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.73

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.61

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95


 

 

The following potentially dilutive shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because they were anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Stock options with service-only vesting conditions

 

 

5,019

 

 

 

5,874

 

 

 

5,904

 

Stock options with performance conditions

 

 

683

 

 

 

683

 

 

 

 

Common stock warrants

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares excluded from net loss per share

 

 

5,704

 

 

 

7,057

 

 

 

6,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 10—Contingent Consideration

On September 3, 2013, the Company acquired BlackLine Systems, Inc.  Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, BlackLine Systems, Inc.’s option holders were allowed to cancel their stock option rights and receive a cash payment equal to the amount of calculated gain (less applicable expense and other items) had they exercised their stock options and then sold their common shares as part of the acquisition. As a condition of the acquisition, the Company is required to pay additional cash consideration to certain equity holders if the Company realizes a tax benefit from the use of net operating losses generated from the stock option exercises concurrent with the acquisition. The maximum contingent cash consideration to be distributed is $8.0 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration was $5.9 million and $5.2 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See Note 2 for additional information regarding the valuation of the contingent consideration.

Note 11—Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases—The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for its corporate and international offices. These leases expire at various times through 2024. Certain lease agreements contain renewal options, rent abatement and escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, commencing when the Company takes possession of the property. Certain of the Company’s office leases entitle the Company to receive a tenant allowance from the landlord. The Company records tenant allowances as a deferred rent credit, which the Company amortizes on a straight-line basis, as a reduction of rent expense, over the term of the underlying lease. Total rent expense under the operating leases was approximately $3.4 million, $2.9 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2017 was (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,380

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,269

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,403

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,631

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,598

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Purchase obligations At December 31, 2017, the Company had $2.5 million of non-cancelable purchase obligations primarily related to future sales and user conferences.

 

Capital leases—The Company leases computer software from various parties under capital lease agreements. Outstanding principal payments under capital lease obligations were $0.4 million at December 31, 2017, which is payable in full in 2018.

Litigation—From time to time, the Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings, nor is it aware of any

96


 

pending or threatened litigation, that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, cash flows, or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

Indemnification—In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, investors, directors, and officers with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. These indemnification provisions may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable. The Company has never paid a material claim, nor has it been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has not accrued a liability for these indemnification arrangements because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these indemnification arrangements was not probable or reasonably estimable.

Note 12—Capitalization

At December 31, 2017, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 500 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock.  No shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017.  The board of directors can determine the voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of the preferred stock.

On January 14, 2016, the board of directors approved the retirement of 47,000 shares of treasury stock.

In September 2016, the Company raised gross proceeds of $3.1 million from the sale of 192,187 shares of common stock to former Runbook employees.

On November 2, 2016, the Company completed its initial public offering in which it issued and sold 9,890,000 shares of its common stock, which included the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 1,290,000 shares at an initial offering price of $17.00 per share.  The Company received proceeds from the offering of approximately $151.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

 

Note 13—Equity Awards

2014 and 2016 Plans

On March 3, 2014, the Company adopted the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”).  In November 2016, upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company adopted the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) and determined that it will no longer grant any additional awards under the 2014 Plan.  However, the 2014 Plan continues to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under the 2014 plan.  Upon the adoption of the 2016 Plan, the maximum number of shares issuable was 6.2 million, plus a number of shares equal to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan after the date the 2014 Plan is terminated without having been exercised in full. The Company’s board of directors may grant stock options and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants under the 2016 Plan. The aggregate number of shares available under the 2016 Plan and the number of shares subject to outstanding options automatically adjusts for any changes in the Company’s outstanding common stock by reason of any recapitalization, spin-off, reorganization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or similar transaction.  Stock options and restricted stock units generally vest over four years and have contractual terms of ten years.

At December 31, 2017, 8.3 million shares were available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

97


 

Stock options with service-only vesting conditions

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for awards that contain service-only vesting conditions was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

(in thousands)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term (Years)

 

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,874

 

 

$

10.09

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

$

103,038

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

809

 

 

$

31.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,288

)

 

$

8.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited/canceled

 

 

 

 

 

 

(376

)

 

$

12.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,019

 

 

$

13.90

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

$

95,353

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,994

 

 

$

9.34

 

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

$

46,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 that contain service only vesting conditions were $15.20, $6.78, and $7.04, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised that contain service only vesting conditions during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were $31.4 million, $4.8 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $10.4 million, $2.9 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Unrecognized compensation expense relating to stock options that contain service only vesting conditions was $20.2 million at December 31, 2017, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years.

Stock options with performance conditions

In October 2016, the Company granted options to purchase 682,800 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share to two executive officers that vest upon meeting certain performance conditions and continued service. The performance conditions include meeting yearly cash flow targets and cumulative annual recurring revenue targets through 2019. If each yearly cash flow target is met through 2019, but the full cumulative annual recurring target through 2019 is not met, the executive officers are still able to vest in the award if an additional cash flow target for 2020 and a cumulative annual recurring revenue target through 2020 are achieved. The cash flow performance targets for each year are determined concurrently with the annual budget process and because each yearly target has not yet been set, no grant date for the options has been established.  At December 31, 2017, the Company has determined that the achievement of the performance targets is not probable and, accordingly, no stock-based compensation expense has been recorded for these awards. To the extent that the awards become probable of vesting prior to the grant date, the amount of compensation cost to be recognized will be based on the then fair value of the options. The fair value of the options will be remeasured each period until a grant date has been established. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost, if any, to be recognized will depend on the value of the stock options when all performance conditions have been set and whether the performance conditions are probable of being achieved.  

Restricted stock units

The following table summarizes activity for restricted stock units:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

(in thousands)

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

34.12

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

34.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98


 

At December 31, 2017, the intrinsic value of nonvested restricted stock units was $53,000. At December 31, 2017, total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock units was $32,000 and was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years.

Stock-based compensation expense

Stock-based compensation expense recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

1,149

 

 

$

715

 

 

$

466

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

10,811

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,418

 

Research and development

 

 

767

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

588

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,317

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

$

16,044

 

 

$

6,526

 

 

$

5,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation capitalized as an asset was $0.1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

Due to the full valuation allowance provided on the Company's net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefits attributable to stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

On July 21, 2017, the Company modified the vesting terms of options to purchase 219,000 shares of common stock to a time-based vesting schedule, for eight employees. Prior to the modification, the options vested solely upon a change in control of the Company. The Company recorded $6.6 million of stock-based compensation in the year ended December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to these options was $0.6 million.

Note 14—Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all domestic employees. The Company makes matching contributions of 100% of each $1 of the employee’s contribution up to the first 3% of the employee’s bi-weekly compensation and 50% of each $1 of the employee’s contribution up to the next 2% of the employee’s bi-weekly compensation. Matching contributions to the Plan recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations totaled $2.2 million, $2.3 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Note 15—Related-Party Transactions

The Company had no material related-party transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. At December 31, 2015, the Company accrued for costs of third party legal services incurred on behalf of Silver Lake Sumeru, ICONIQ Capital Group, L.P., another significant shareholder, and the Company’s Chief Marketing Officer relating to the Company’s initial public offering and other corporate related matters. Total amounts accrued at December 31, 2015 were $0.2 million, of which $0.1 million were expensed during 2015 and $0.1 million were included in other assets as deferred offering costs.

 

Note 16—Geographic Information

Revenue by region is classified based on the country of the customer’s contracting office. The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

$

141,242

 

 

$

102,896

 

 

$

71,832

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,789

 

 

 

20,227

 

 

 

11,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

177,031

 

 

$

123,123

 

 

$

83,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99


 

 

No countries outside the United States represented 10% or more of total revenues.

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s property and equipment, net by geographic region (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

United States

 

$

12,210

 

 

$

10,602

 

International

 

 

559

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

$

12,769

 

 

$

11,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 17—Subsequent Events

On March 6, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of BlackLine, Inc. approved stock option grants to employees totaling 0.3 million shares. Each stock option entitles the recipient to receive one share of common stock upon exercise of the vested award and payment of the exercise price. The stock options will vest as to one-fourth of the total number of options awarded on the first anniversary of February 20, 2018 and quarterly thereafter for 12 consecutive quarters.

On March 6, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of BlackLine, Inc. approved restricted stock unit grants to employees totaling 0.7 million shares. Each restricted stock unit entitles the recipient to receive one share of common stock upon vesting of the award. The restricted stock units will vest as to one-fourth of the total number of units awarded on the first anniversary of February 20, 2018 and quarterly thereafter for 12 consecutive quarters.

Note 18—Unaudited Quarterly Data

The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company has prepared the unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited annual consolidated financial statements.  In the opinion of management, the financial information in this table reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of this data.

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

March 31,

 

Revenues

 

$

50,233

 

 

$

45,871

 

 

$

42,293

 

 

$

38,634

 

 

$

35,340

 

 

 

$

32,196

 

 

$

29,026

 

 

$

26,561

 

Gross profit

 

$

39,252

 

 

$

34,973

 

 

$

31,918

 

 

$

29,402

 

 

$

26,673

 

 

 

$

24,655

 

 

$

21,963

 

 

$

19,621

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,845

)

 

$

(13,092

)

 

$

(10,114

)

 

$

(9,010

)

 

$

(15,664

)

 

 

$

(6,619

)

 

$

(7,541

)

 

$

(9,335

)

Basic net loss per share

 

$

(0.11

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.18

)

 

$

(0.33

)

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

$

(0.19

)

 

$

(0.23

)

Diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.11

)

 

$

(0.25

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(0.18

)

 

$

(0.33

)

 

 

$

(0.16

)

 

$

(0.19

)

 

$

(0.23

)

 

 

 

100


 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, or “the Exchange Act” means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures at December 31, 2017, the last day of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, at December 31, 2017, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and our management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act).

Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in "Internal Control - Integrated Framework" (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective at December 31, 2017.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or Jobs Act, for emerging growth companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2017, in order to facilitate our adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 2018, we implemented internal controls to help ensure we properly evaluated our customer contracts and assessed the impact to our consolidated financial statements. We expect to continue to implement additional internal controls related to the adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2018.

There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

101


 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and is incorporated herein by reference.

With the exception of the information incorporated in Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 is not deemed “filed” as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

102


 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Documents filed as part of this report are as follows:

 

1.

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules:

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted as information required is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

 

 

3.

Exhibits:

The documents listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit Number

Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among SLS Breeze Holdings, Inc., SLS Breeze Intermediate Holdings, Inc., SLS Breeze Merger Sub, Inc. and BlackLine Systems, Inc., dated as of August 9, 2013

S-1

333-213899

2.1

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, effecting a one-for-five reverse stock split.

S-1/A

333-213899

3.2

October 17, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

10-Q

001-37924

3.2

December 12, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

10-Q

001-37924

3.3

December 12, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company.

S-1

333-213899

4.1

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Silver Lake Sumeru, Iconiq, Therese Tucker and Mario Spanicciati.

10-Q

001-37924

4.2

December 12, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Silver Lake Sumeru, Iconiq, Therese Tucker and Mario Spanicciati.

10-Q

001-37924

4.3

December 12, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Warrant to Purchase Stock held by Special Value Continuation Partners, LP, dated as of September 25, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

4.2

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

Warrant to Purchase Stock held by Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, dated as of September 25, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

4.3

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

Warrant to Purchase Stock held by Tennenbaum Senior Loan Fund II, LP, dated as of September 25, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

4.4

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

103


 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit Number

Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

4.7

Warrant to Purchase Stock held by Tennenbaum Senior Loan SPV III, LLC, dated as of September 25, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

4.5

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

Warrant to Purchase Stock held by Tennenbaum Senior Loan Fund IV-B, LP, dated as of September 25, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

4.6

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.9

Subscription Agreement, by and between the Company and Iconiq, dated as of October 21, 2014.

S-1

333-213899

4.7

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.10

Form of Senior Indenture.

S-3

333- 221500

4.5

November 13, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.11

Form of Subordinated Indenture.

S-3

333- 221500

4.6

November 13, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1*

Software Development Cooperation Agreement, by and between the Company and SAP AG, effective as of October 1, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

10.1

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2+

2014 Equity Incentive Plan and form of equity agreements thereunder.

S-1

333-213899

10.6

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3+

Amendment No. 1 to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

S-1

333-213899

10.7

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4+

Amendment No. 2 to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

S-1

333-213899

10.8

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5+

Amendment No. 3 to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

S-1

333-213899

10.9

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6+

2016 Equity Incentive Plan and the form of equity award agreements thereunder.

S-1/A

333-213899

10.10

October 17, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7+

Employee Incentive Compensation Plan of the Company.

S-1

333-213899

10.11

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8+

Form of 2015Executive Officer Bonus Plan.

S-1

333-213899

10.12

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9+

Form of Change of Control and Severance Policy.

S-1

333-213899

10.13

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10+

Executive Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Therese Tucker, effective as of January 1, 2016.

S-1

333-213899

10.14

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11+

2015 Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Bonus Plan, by and between the Company and Therese Tucker, dated as of February 5, 2016.

S-1

333-213899

10.15

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12+

Employment Offer Letter, by and between the Company and Karole Morgan-Prager, dated as of May 4, 2015.

S-1

333-213899

10.16

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13+

2015 Chief Legal Officer (CLO) Bonus Plan, by and between the Company and Karole Morgan-Prager, dated as of December 29, 2015.

S-1

333-213899

10.17

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14+

Confirmatory Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Karole Morgan-Prager, dated as of September 29, 2016.

S-1

333-213899

10.18

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15+

Employment Offer Letter, by and between the Company and Mark Partin, dated as of December 25, 2014.

S-1

333-213899

10.19

September 30, 2016

104


 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit Number

Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16+

Confirmatory Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Mark Partin, dated as of September 29, 2016.

S-1

333-213899

10.20

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17+

Confirmatory Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Chris Murphy, dated as of September 29, 2016.

S-1

333-213899

10.21

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18+**

Employment Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Marc Huffman, dated as of January 8, 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19+

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

S-1

333-213899

10.22

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20

Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between the Company and Therese Tucker, dated as of August 8, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

10.23

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21

Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between the Company and Mario Spanicciati, dated as of August 9, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

10.24

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22*

Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmet 2008, LLC, dated November 22, 2010.

S-1

333-213899

10.25

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23*

First Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated August 14, 2012.

S-1

333-213899

10.26

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24*

Second Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated December 26, 2013.

S-1

333-213899

10.27

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25*

Third Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated June24, 2014.

S-1

333-213899

10.28

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26

Fourth Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated January 29, 2015.

S-1

333-213899

10.29

September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

Fifth Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated October 6, 2016.

S-1/A

333-217981

10.26

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28

Sixth Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated May 10, 2017.

S-1/A

333-217981

10.27

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

Seventh Amendment to Office Lease, by and between the Company and Douglas Emmett 2008, LLC, dated May 18, 2017.

S-1/A

333-217981

10.28

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.1**

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1**

List of subsidiaries of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105


 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit Number

Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

23.1**

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1**

Power of Attorney (included in signature pages hereto).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1†

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS**

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE**

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

*

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to confidential treatment request. Omitted information has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

**

Filed herewith.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of BlackLine, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

106


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 8, 2018.

 

BLACKLINE, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Therese Tucker

Name:

Therese Tucker

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Therese Tucker and Mark Partin, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Therese Tucker

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 8, 2018

Therese Tucker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Partin

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

March 8, 2018

Mark Partin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Patrick Villanova

 

VP, Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 8, 2018

Patrick Villanova

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jason Babcoke

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Jason Babcoke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Brennan

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

John Brennan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Griffith

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

William Griffith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hollie Haynes

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Hollie Haynes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Graham Smith

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Graham Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mario Spanicciati

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Mario Spanicciati

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Thompson

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Kevin Thompson

 

 

 

 

107


 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Unterman

 

Director

 

March 8, 2018

Thomas Unterman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

108